Armstrong World Industries Hwc Premier 183 Users Manual TOC

182 to the manual 11ca98e2-2b6c-40ed-8ab5-fac81924aa7b

: Armstrong-World-Industries Armstrong-World-Industries-Hwc-Premier-183-Users-Manual-362178 armstrong-world-industries-hwc-premier-183-users-manual-362178 armstrong-world-industries pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 196 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Service Reference Manual

HWC Thru-the-Wall Units

Models:

HWC Premier

122, 182, 242, 302

123, 183, 243, 303

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Copyright © 1998

Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc.

All rights reserved.

Disclaimer

This manual presents information and guidelines for proper installation, adjustment, operation

and maintenance of Armstrong Magic-Pak HW/HWC Thru-the-Wall units. Read this manual

before attempting assembly, installation, start-up, adjustment or operation of the unit. If you have

any questions about the operation of the unit or a particular safety device, call or write Arm-

strong Air Conditioning Inc., 421 Monroe Street, Bellevue, Ohio USA 44811. Telephone: 419-

483-4840 Fax: 419-483-3557

The documentation and drawings contained in this manual are intended as a general guide, and

may not reflect exactly the current designs, or all of the options available to our customers.

Please call or write Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. regarding specific details of a particular

furnace model, configuration or installation.

The information and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change without no-

tice. Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. reserves the right to change such specifications at any time

without incurring obligation. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the informa-

tion in this manual. For the most current information, please contact the Armstrong Customer

Service Department.

This document is confidential. All information within is the sole property of Armstrong Air Condi-

tioning Inc. and is loaned for mutual assistance. It may not be used for any purpose other than

originally intended, without prior written consent of Armstrong. It is not intended for use by

homeowners or as a guide for do-it-yourself projects. It provides specialized information for use

by qualified service personnel, who have the proper equipment, training and experience neces-

sary to safely install, repair, adjust and maintain the Magic-Pak units and components described

within.

Service Reference Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 - Specifications

2 - Sequence of Operations

3 - Unit Tear Down

4 - Component Location Illustrations

5 - Unit Components

6 - Installation

7 - Accessories

8 - Parts Lists

9 - Troubleshooting/Performance/

Charge Weights

Go to: If you need information on:

Section 1 Performance, electrical data and cabinet dimensions.

Section 2 Sequence of operation descriptions with accompanying schematics.

Section 3 Complete description of unit disassembly.

Section 4 Locations of major components of HW/HWC models.

Section 5 Illustrations and specifications for individual components including valves,

blowers, ignition controls and blower control boards.

Section 6 Installation requirements and startup guidelines.

Section 7 Complete listing of all Armstrong accessories available, including wall

sleeves, louvers and gas conversion kits.

Section 8 Complete service parts lists for all HW and HWC models.

Section 9 System check and troubleshooting procedures.

1-1

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS

Section 1 - Specifications

Models Covered By This Manual ............ 1-2

Model Number Guide ............................ 1-2

Product Serial Numbers

(Beginning 1993) ................................. 1-2

Summary of Model Revisions/Variations 1-3

Heating Configuration Table ........................ 1-3

Cooling Configuration Table ......................... 1-3

HW/HWC ............................................ 1-4

Physical and Electrical ................................ 1-4

Performance Ratings .................................. 1-4

Blower Performance ................................... 1-6

Dimensions ................................................ 1-6

Wall Sleeve................................................ 1-7

1-2

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Models Covered By This Manual

HWC Gas Heating/Electric Cooling Units

HW122, 123

HW182,183

HW242, 243

HW302, 303

HW Gas Heating Only Units

26HW

38HW

51HW

64HW

Model Number Guide

26 = Rated Input BTU/Hr x 1000

H = Gas Heat

W = Thru-the-Wall

C = Cooling

12 = Nominal Cooling BTU/Hr x 1000

2 = Cooling Efficiency 2 - 9.7 SEER

2A = Revision Code

26 H W C 12 2 -- 2A

HW/HWC Models

Product Serial Numbers, Beginning 1993

84 95 A 12345

84 = Armstrong Factory Number

95 = Year (ex: 1995)

A = Month (see list below)

12345 = Sequential Number

A = Jan B = Feb C = Mar D = Apr

E = May F = June G = July H = Aug

J = Sept K = Oct L = Nov M = Dec

1-3

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS

Summary of Model Revisions/Variations

* For more information on the compressors used in HWC units, see the Unit Components section, beginning on page 5-28.

Table 1-1 Heating Configurations of HW/HWC Units

Table 1-2 Cooling Configurations of HWC Units

ledoMnoitarugifnoCEUFAlortnoCrewolB/noitingI noitingI

epyT

1-)303,342,381,321(CWH)llA( /taeHsaG looCcirtcelE 087901lortnoCrewolB/noitingInoitanibmoChceTUISD

9-WH)llA(ylnOtaeHsaG087901lortnoCrewolB/noitingInoitanibmoChceTUISD

)203,242,281,221(CWH)llA( 5-,6-,7-,8-,9-,01-,11- /taeHsaG looCcirtcelE 08 D1642notirTlawneF:lortnoCnoitingI ,104C4HCBItfarctaeH:lortnoCrewolB 0101hceTUro8400B029atledirT ISD

)203,242,281,221(CWH)llA( 1-,2-,3-,4- /taeHsaG looCcirtcelE 08 92-50lawneF:lortnoCnoitingI ,104C4HCBItfarctaeH:lortnoCrewolB 0101hceTUro8400B029atledirT ISD

ledoMnoitarugifnoCegannoTREES*epyTrosserpmoCeciveDgnireteM

1-321CWH)llA(looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG17.9yratoRhesmuceTreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

1-381CWH)llA(looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG5.17.9 hesmuceT gnitacorpiceR reirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

1-342CWH)llA(looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG27.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

1-303CWH)llA(looCcirtcelEtaeHsaG5.27.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

-,11-281CWH)llA( 6-,7-,9 looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG5.17.9 hesmuceT gnitacorpiceR reirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

9-,11-242CWH)llA(looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG27.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

-,01-221CWH)llA( 1-,3-,4-,5-,8 looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG17.9yratoRhesmuceTreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

-,01-242CWH)llA( 1-,3-,4-,5-,8 looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG27.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

9-203CWH)llA(looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG5.25.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

,5-,8-281CWH)llA( 2-,3-,4- looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG5.17.9yratoRhesmuceTreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

,5-,8-203CWH)llA( 1-,3-,4- looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG5.25.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

1-281CWH)llA(looCcirtcelE/taeHsaG5.15.9llorcSdnalepoCreirDretliF/ebuTyrallipaC

1-4

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Physical and Electrical

HW/HWC

Performance Ratings

Table 1-3 Physical and Electrical Specifications - HWC Units

ledoM /egatloV

esahP/zH

lamroN

egatloV

egnaR

.niM

tiucriC

yticapmA

.xaM

RCAH/esuF

.rkrB

)spma(

.pmoC

detaR

daoL

)spma(

.pmoC

dekcoL

rotoR

)spma(

.D.O

naF

.aiD

).ni(

.moN

MPR

edistuO

naF

detaR

daoL

)spma(

detaR

PH

roodnI

leehW

x.aid

htdiw

).ni(

rewolB

detaR

PH

.girfeR

egrahC

).zo(

thgieW

).sbl(

321/221CWH621/06/032-802352-7913.8510.53.628157019.08/14X016/124523

321/221CWH83 1/06/032-802 352-791 3.8 51 0.5 3.62 81 5701 9.0 8/1 4X01 6/1 24 523

381/281CWH831/06/032-802352-7916.31023.80.548157019.08/14X013/165053

381/281CWH15 1/06/032-802 352-791 6.31 02 3.8 0.54 81 5701 9.0 8/1 4X01 3/1 65 053

381/281CWH461/06/032-802352-7916.31023.80.548157019.08/14X013/165053

342/242CWH63 1/06/032-802 352-791 6.81 52 6.11 5.26 81 5701 8.1 4/1 4X01 3/1 85 063

342/242CWH151/06/032-802352-7916.81526.115.268157018.14/14X013/185063

342/242CWH46 1/06/032-802 352-791 6.81 52 6.11 5.26 81 5701 8.1 4/1 4X01 3/1 85 063

203CWH151/06/032-802352-7914.22036.410.678157018.14/14X013/195083

203CWH46 1/06/032-802 352-791 4.22 03 6.41 0.67 81 5701 8.1 4/1 4X01 3/1 95 083

303CWH151/06/032-802352-7919.12031.410.378157018.14/14X013/195083

303CWH46 1/06/032-802 352-791 9.12 03 1.41 0.37 81 5701 8.1 4/1 4X01 3/1 95 083

Table 1-4 Performance Ratings - HWC122/123

Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.

Enter.

Wet

Bulb

63°

67°

71°

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

latoT

riA

.loV

)MFC(

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

0040062102887.29.00.10002101908.59.00.100411000128.59.00.100801090158.00.100.1

0540082102828.79.00.10022101958.00.100.100611000178.00.100.100011090109.00.100.1

0050013102878.00.100.10042101909.00.100.100811000129.00.100.100211090159.00.100.1

0040043102895.47.98.0072101906.67.19.00121010126.97.00.100511011136.18.69.

0540063102826.87.49.0092101946.08.79.00321010156.38.00.100711011176.68.00.1

0050093102856.28.99.0023101976.48.00.100621010196.88.00.100911011107.19.00.1

0040024103804.65.27.0053102904.75.47.00821020114.85.67.00121021114.95.87.

0540044103824.95.67.0073102924.06.87.00031020134.26.08.00321021134.36.28.

0050074103844.26.08.0004102944.36.28.00331020154.56.48.00621021154.66.78.

1-5

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS

Performance Ratings (continued)

Table 1-5 Performance Ratings - HWC182/183

Table 1-6 Performance Ratings - HWC242/243

Table 1-7 Performance Ratings - HWC302/303

Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.

Enter.

Wet

Bulb

63°

67°

71°

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.

Enter.

Wet

Bulb

63°

67°

71°

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.

Enter.

Wet

Bulb

63°

67°

71°

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

latoT

riA

.loV

)MFC(

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

05500481073157.09.00.100171074187.29.00.100751055128.69.00.100441046168.69.00.1

00600781083187.39.00.100471084118.69.00.100061065158.00.100.100641056198.00.100.1

05600981093118.69.00.100671094148.99.00.100261075188.00.100.100841066129.00.100.1

05500891014185.27.78.00581015195.47.98.00171006126.87.49.00651007146.08.69.

00600102024106.57.09.00881025126.77.39.00471016146.18.89.00951017166.38.00.1

05600402034126.87.39.00091035146.08.69.00671026166.48.00.100161027186.68.00.1

05500212054104.55.96.00791055104.65.27.00381056114.85.57.00761057114.06.87.

00600512064124.75.27.00002065124.95.57.00681066134.16.87.00071067134.26.18.

05600812074134.95.47.00302075134.06.87.00881076144.36.18.00271077144.46.48.

latoT

riA

.loV

)MFC(

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

00700342078147.88.00.100232011267.98.00.100812083287.49.00.100012017208.59.00.1

00800742078187.39.00.100632011208.49.00.100222083228.99.00.100312017248.00.100.1

00900252088128.89.00.100142021258.99.00.100622093278.00.100.100712027298.00.100.1

00700952098175.17.58.00742031285.27.68.00632004295.57.19.00422057206.67.29.

00800362098106.57.09.00152031216.67.19.00042004226.97.69.00822057236.08.79.

00900862009136.97.59.00652041246.08.69.00542014266.48.00.100232067276.58.00.1

00700372019104.55.96.00162051204.55.07.00942034204.65.27.00732077204.75.47.

00800772019124.85.37.00562051224.85.47.00352034224.95.67.00142077224.06.87.

00900382029144.16.77.00072061244.16.87.00852044244.26.08.00642087244.36.28.

latoT

riA

.loV

)MFC(

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

latoT

gnilooC

yticapaC

)hutB(

.pmoC

sttaW

tupnI

taT/S

°57

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°08

yrD

bluB

taT/S

°58

yrD

bluB

57700582051227.48.79.00372093237.78.00.100162076247.98.00.100842099267.09.00.1

05800982061247.78.00.100672004267.09.00.100462086277.39.00.10015200039739.00.1

52900392071277.09.00.100082014297.39.00.100862096208.69.00.100452010328.69.00.1

57700403091265.96.28.00092044275.17.48.00872027285.37.88.00462050395.37.88.

05800803002285.17.58.00492054295.37.78.00182037206.57.19.00762060316.67.19.

52900213012206.37.78.00892064216.67.09.00582047226.87.49.00172070336.97.49.

57700223022204.45.86.00803084214.55.96.00392067214.65.17.00082090324.75.37.

05800623032214.65.07.00213094224.75.17.00792077224.85.37.00382001334.95.57.

52900033042224.75.27.00613005234.85.37.00103087234.06.67.00782011354.16.87.

1-6

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Dimensions (all measurements in inches)

Blower Performance

Model Blower Speed CFM @ ext. static pressure - in. w.c. with filter(s)

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5

HWC122/123

HWC182,242,302

HWC183,243,303

SUPPLY AIR DUCT CONNECTION

8" x 16" LOW VOLTAGE

THERMOSTAT CONNECTIONS

HIGH VOLTAGE

JUNCTION BOX

4" x 4" x 2"

GAS LINE

CONNECTION

RETURN AIR OPENING ON BOTTOM

6" x 22"

¾" DUCT CONNECTION FLANGE

29

716

/

"

43

18

/

"

27

78

/

"

Table 1-8 Blower Performance - HWC Units

iH056516575045

deM574054524004

woL514504093083

iH 578 528 577 527

deM 058 508 067 017

woL 036 506 575 055

4

12

"

6

34

"

Measurements from Side and

Top to Center of Vent Outlet

1-7

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS

Wall Sleeve (all measurements in inches)

22

16 8

6

Return

Supply

11

1

Supply

Low

Voltage

Line Voltage

Box

½ Gas Inlet 3

8

4

1

3

/

4

2

7

/

8

13

3

/

8

43

1

/

8

27

7

/

8

29

7

/

16

2

7

/

8

Dimensions (cont.)

29

16

45

2

2

1 or 3

34

Flanges may be assembled

1" or 3 from this side of the sleeve

34

"

12

12

"

15 or 12

14

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-1

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Section 2 - Sequence of Operation

HWC123,183,243,303........................ 2-4

Simplified Sequence ........................................ 2-5

Detailed Sequence .......................................... 2-6

POWER ...................................................................... 2-6

CALL FOR HEAT ........................................................ 2-6

LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS ........................................... 2-7

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)..... 2-7

FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION ......... 2-8

CALL FOR COOLING ................................................. 2-8

FAN ON....................................................................... 2-9

HW (Heating Only)

(w/UTEC 1097 Spark Ignition System) 2-10

Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-11

Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-12

POWER .................................................................... 2-12

CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-12

LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS ......................................... 2-13

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)... 2-13

FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION ....... 2-14

FAN ON..................................................................... 2-14

HWC122,182,242,302

(w/Fenwal 2461D Ignition Control) ..... 2-16

Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-17

Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-18

POWER .................................................................... 2-18

CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-18

LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-19

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)... 2-19

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-19

CALL FOR COOLING ............................................... 2-19

FAN ON..................................................................... 2-20

HW (Heating Only)

(w/Fenwal 2461D Ignition Control) ..... 2-22

Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-23

Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-24

POWER .................................................................... 2-24

CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-24

LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-25

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)... 2-25

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-25

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-2

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HWC122,182,242,302

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) ....... 2-26

Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-27

Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-28

POWER .................................................................... 2-28

CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-28

FLAME SENSE......................................................... 2-29

LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-29

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-29

CALL FOR COOLING ............................................... 2-29

FAN ON..................................................................... 2-30

HW (Heating Only)

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) ....... 2-32

Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-33

Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-34

POWER .................................................................... 2-34

CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-34

FLAME SENSE......................................................... 2-35

LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-35

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-35

HWC123,183,243,303

w/Low Ambient Control ...................... 2-36

HWC122,182,242,302

w/Low Ambient Control ...................... 2-38

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-3

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

BLANK PAGE

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-4

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

FIGURE 2-1 Connection Diagram

GREEN

BLACK

BLK

M

ORN

ORN

VIOLET

RED

BLUE

WHT

RED

BLACK

BLUE

YELLOW

WHITE

GREEN

RED

FLAME ROD

ELECTRODE

46

2

RGWCY

BLACK

BLACK BLACK

GAS

VALVE

MANUAL RESET

LIMIT SWITCH

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

RED

BLUE

YELLOW

RED

YELLOW

D

208 V

RED

BLUE

240 V

CAPACITORCAPACITOR

BLOWER

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

}

THERMOSTAT

}

JUMPER REQUIRED

*

*

*

*

HIGH(BLACK)HIGH(BLACK)HIGH(BLACK)64HWC30364HWC303

HIGH(BLACK)MED (BLUE)51HWC30351HWC303

MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)HIGH(BLACK)HIGH(BLACK)64HWC24364HWC243

MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)51HWC24351HWC243

MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)LOW (RED)38HWC24338HWC243

LOW (RED)LOW (RED)HIGH(BLACK)HIGH(BLACK)64HWC18364HWC183

LOW (RED)LOW (RED)MED (BLUE)51HWC18351HWC183

LOW (RED)LOW (RED)LOW (RED)38HWC183

MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)HIGH(BLACK)HIGH(BLACK)38HWC12338HWC123

MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)LOW (RED)26HWC12326HWC123

T2

T1

L2

L1

COOLINGCOOLINGHEATINGHEATINGMODELSMODELS

EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONSEVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS

BLACK

BLACK

RED

BLACK

BLACK

RED

RED

YELLOWYELLOW

BLUE

BLACK

VIOLET

YELLOW

RED

BLUEBLUE

BLACK

BROWN

BROWN

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE

SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE

MUST BE USED.

W

Y

G

R

LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED

LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD

W

Y

G

R

GND

24VAC

UNUSED

HEAT

COOL

L1

CMB

L

H

R

C

S

FAN

COM HERM

SEE CHARTCHART

FOR WIRING

PRESSURE

SWITCH

AUTO RESET

LIMIT SWITCH

IGNITION

CONTROLCONTROL

TRANSFORMERTRANSFORMER

CONTACTOR

BLOWER

CONTROL

BLOWER

CONTROL

BLOWER

MOTOR

CAPACITOR-RUN

CONDENSER FANCONDENSER FAN

COMP

CONNECTORCONNECTOR BLOCKBLOCK

ORN

VIOLET

BLK

CONNECTION DIAGRAMCONNECTION DIAGRAM

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING R-W

COOLING R-G-Y

FAN R-G

3

1

5

1

2

3

4

5

#45004-1

DIAGNOSTICS

The following blower/ignition control board

LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal

operations:

SLOW FLASH Normal Operation, No

Call for Heat

FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for

Heat

2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to

Detect or Sustain Flame

3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or

Closed

4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout

Switch Open

5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas

Valve Not Energized

STEADY Internal Failure

(Micro-controller Failure;

Self-check)

HWC123, 183, 243, 303

(w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System)

Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated

with an “SA” in the model number), sequence of operation during

cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the

normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient

switch equipped version of this unit, see the section beginning on

page 2-36.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-5

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Simplified Sequence - HWC123,183, 243, 303

Refer to Figure 2-1

• 208/230V power is supplied to the junction box on

top of the unit

• 24V power is supplied from the unit transformer to

the thermostat

CALL FOR HEAT

1. The thermostat closes the R-W circuit, sending a

24-volt signal to the unit.

2. The 24-volt signal energizes the combustion blower,

causing the pressure switch to close.

3. The combustion blower runs for 30 seconds as a

pre-purge to trial for ignition.

4. The ignition control energizes the spark ignition and

opens the gas valve, causing the burners to light.

When the gas valve energizes, a 30-second circu-

lating air blower “on” delay begins.

5. Flame sense is sent to the ignition control through

the flame sensor and flame sense wire.

6. After the 30-second delay, the circulating air blower

energizes and runs until the heat call is satisfied.

7. When the heat call is satisfied, the gas valve de-

energizes. This shuts down the burners.

8. A 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay

and a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay

start.

9. After the delay times elapse, the combustion blower

and the circulating air blower stop.

FLAME SENSE

1. After the burners have been lit, the ignition control

starts a 10-second trial for ignition delay.

2. If after 10 seconds a flame has not been sensed by

the ignition control, the ignition control de-energizes

the gas valve and the spark ignitor.

3. The unit initiates three trials for ignition (flame

sense) before system lockout.

4. System lockout lasts 60 minutes or until power is

reset to unit (whichever comes first).

CALL FOR COOLING

1. The thermostat energizes the R, Y and G circuit,

sending a 24-volt signal to the cooling contactor and

the ignition control to start the cooling sequence.

2. The contactor closes immediately, causing the

compressor and the condenser fan to run.

3. The 24-volt Y signal starts a 5-second circulating air

blower “on” delay.

4. After 5 seconds, the circulating air blower starts and

runs until the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted by the

thermostat.

5. When the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted, the

cooling contactor immediately de-energizes. This

causes the compressor and the condenser fan to

stop.

6. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulating

air blower “off” delay.

7. After 90 seconds, the circulating air blower stops.

FAN ON

1. The thermostat energizes the R-G circuit, causing

the circulating air blower to energize in cooling

speed.

2. The circulating air blower remains running in cooling

speed until the thermostat is switched to the “AUTO”

position.

Detailed Sequence follows

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-6

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence - HWC123, 183, 243, 303

Refer to Figure 2-1

POWER

Line Voltage

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), line

voltage will be present:

L1 Power

1. Through the L1 black lead to the L1 terminal on the

ignition control

2. At the L1 contactor terminal

3. At the transformer terminal marked 208-240V

L2 Power

1. Through the L2 black lead to the induced draft

blower

2. At the L2 contactor terminal

3. A transformer common terminal

4. At the T2 contactor terminal

5. At the R terminal of the compressor

6. At the capacitor common terminals

Low Voltage (24 VAC)

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24

volts A/C will be present:

1. From the transformer 24V terminal to pin 4 of the

6-pin chassis low voltage harness

2. From pin 4 of the chassis low voltage harness to the

24VAC hot terminal on the ignition control

3. From the 24VAC hot terminal to pin 5 of the 5-pin

thermostat harness (internal to board)

4. From the 24VAC hot terminal also to pin 6 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness

5. From pin 6 of the ignition wire harness through the

auto reset limit switch and the manual reset

rollout switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness

Note: While the unit is at rest, the green LED shows

consistent slow flash. This indicates normal

operation - system at rest (standby mode).

CALL FOR HEAT

Line Voltage

The ignition control receives a signal from the R-W

circuit indicating a call for heat.

1. The combustion blower relay energizes, sending

L1 power to CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition

control. This causes the combustion blower to

start by completing the line voltage circuit through

the L2 wire connection in the unit.

2. As the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness by the ignition control, a 30-

second circulating air blower “on” delay starts.

After the delay, the ignition control energizes the

heat speed blower relay. This sends L1 power to the

ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control.

3. L1 power is then sent to the circulating air blower

terminal block where it is connected to the blower

motor. The circulating air blower starts by

completing the L1-L2 circuit through the L2 connec-

tion at the blower motor capacitor.

4. The combustion blower and the circulating air

blower continue to run until the R-W circuit is

interrupted. After a 5-second post-purge delay, the

CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control de-

energizes. This interrupts L1 power to the combus-

tion blower. After a 120-second circulating air

blower “off” delay, the ACB HEAT terminal de-

energizes. This interrupts L1 to the circulating air

blower. As L1 power is interrupted, the blowers

shut off.

Low Voltage

1. A call for heat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24-

volt signal to the low voltage white wire in the unit.

2. The 24-volt signal is received at pin 3 of the 5-pin

thermostat harness on the ignition control.

3. The 24-volt signal causes the combustion blower

relay to close, causing the combustion blower to

run. At this time, a 24-volt signal is also sent out

through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

4. The 24-volt signal from pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition

wire harness energizes one side of the Normally

Open pressure switch. As the induced draft

blower reaches full speed, the pressure switch

closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness.

5. When the 24-volt signal is received at pin 5 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts

a 30-second pre-purge delay.

6. After the 30-second pre-purge, the ignition control

initiates a trial for ignition. The spark ignition

cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness energize simultaneously.

7. When the 24-volt signal is present at pin 4 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts

a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay.

8. The 24-volt signal from pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition

wire harness is received at the gas valve, causing

it to open and the burners to ignite.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-7

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

9. After 30-second “on” delay, the circulating air

blower relay energizes the heat terminal and the

circulating air blower is energized.

10. The unit will continue to operate normally until the

R-W circuit is interrupted.

11. When the heat call is satisfied, the thermostat will

interrupt the R-W circuit. This causes the 24-volt

signal to the white wire in the unit to be de-ener-

gized.

12. The gas valve closes immediately as 24V through

pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is de-

energized by the ignition control.

13. The ignition control initiates a 120-second circu-

lating air blower “off” delay and 5-second com-

bustion blower post-purge delay.

14. After 5 seconds, the combustion blower shuts off.

15. After 120 seconds, the circulating air blower

shuts off and the system returns to standby mode.

Note: During a call for heat, the green LED shows

consistent fast flash (as long as the R-W circuit is

closed). When the R-W circuit is interrupted

(indicating the heat call has been satisfied), the

green LED returns to a consistent slow flash.

LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS

In all modes of operation, 24VAC is supplied to the

ignition control 24VAC hot terminal and is passed

through the ignition control to pin 6 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness.

1. A 24-volt signal is sent from pin 6 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness to one side of the Normally

Closed manual reset rollout switch, across the

rollout switch to one side of the Normally Closed

auto reset limit switch and across the limit switch

to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

2. This circuit energizes whenever line voltage power

is supplied to the unit.

3. If the circuit is interrupted by either switch opening,

the 24-volt signal to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness de-energizes.

4. This causes the combustion blower relay to

energize, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR

terminal on the ignition control. It also causes the

circulating air blower heat speed relay to ener-

gize, sending L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal

on the ignition control. This causes both blowers

to start immediately.

5. The ignition control lockouts the spark ignition

cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of

the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

6. The circulating air blower and the combustion

blower are energized until the 24-volt signal is

restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

7. The green ignition control LED shows a 4 flash fault

code (indicating limit switch/rollout switch open).

8. When the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts

a 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay

and a 120-second circulating air blower “off”

delay.

9. Once the delays have timed out, both blowers stop

and the green LED flashes a consistent slow flash if

no heat call is present. (A consistent fast flash

appears if there is a call for heat.)

Note: The limit switch resets automatically when

temperatures are acceptable, but the rollout

switch must be manually reset by pushing in on

the small button on top of the switch.

The reason why the switches opened must be

determined before any corrective action is taken.

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)

When the R-W circuit is energized, a 24-volt signal is

sent to the ignition control. This starts the call for

heat.

1. The 24-volt signal from the R-W circuit energizes

the combustion blower relay, sending L1 power to

the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control.

This starts the ignition control.

2. At the same time the combustion blower relay

energizes, the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 2 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness and from pin 2 to one side

of the Normally Open pressure switch.

3. When the combustion blower causes the pres-

sure switch to close, a 24-volt signal is sent across

the switch to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

The 24-volt signal energizes at pin 5 and the ignition

sequence continues.

4. If the combustion blower fails to close the pres-

sure switch, the 24-volt signal is not sent to pin 5

of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and the ignition

control does not initiate a 30-second pre-purge

delay.

5. No signal is sent to the spark ignition cable

terminal on the ignition control or to the gas valve

through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

6. The combustion blower continues to run for 60

seconds. After 60 seconds, the ignition control

automatically de-energizes the combustion

blower relay. This interrupts L1 power to the CMB

BLWR terminal on the ignition control.

7. The combustion blower remains de-energized for

approximately six minutes. During this 6-minute

lockout, the green LED flashes three times (indicat-

ing pressure switch fault—open or closed).

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-8

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

8. The 24-volt signal will only be supplied to the limit

switch circuit through pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness and to the pressure switch circuit through

pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

9. The system will repeat this sequence until the

pressure switch closes and the 24-volt signal is

restored at pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION

When the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal

is sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, the

spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness energize.

1. As spark voltage is supplied to the ignitor elec-

trodes, the gas valve opens and this causes the

burners to ignite.

2. The ignition control continues to energize spark

voltage until a flame sense signal is supplied to the

flame terminal on the ignition control.

3. If a flame sense signal is not received at the flame

terminal on the ignition control, the spark igni-

tion cable terminal remains energized for 10

seconds.

4. After the 10-second trial for ignition, the ignition

control de-energizes the spark ignition cable

terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

This causes the gas valve to close and the elec-

trode spark to stop.

5. Once the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness, a 30-second circulating air

blower “on” delay starts. After the delay is timed

out, the circulating air blower starts.

6. After the spark ignition cable terminal de-ener-

gizes, the ignition control initiates a 30-second

combustion blower inter-purge delay.

7. After 30-second inter-purge, the ignition control

energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and

pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. If the flame

sense signal is received at the flame terminal of the

ignition control, the unit continues heat call.

8. If the flame sense signal is not received, the system

goes through three trials following the above

sequence.

9. After three trials, the system goes into lockout and

only the high limit switch circuit and pressure

switch circuit remain energized during the 60-

minute lockout period.

10. If the flame sense is lost during the heat cycle, the

gas valve de-energizes immediately and the

system goes into the trial sequence.

CALL FOR COOLING

Line Voltage

1. L2 power passes through the fixed closed L2-T2

terminals on the contactor to the RUN terminal of

the compressor and the COMMON terminal of the

capacitor.

2. L1 power is sent to the L1 terminal of the contactor.

When the Y signal energizes the contactor, the T2

terminal becomes energized. L1 power is sent to

the compressor COMMON terminal and the

condenser fan. This energizes the compressor

and condenser fan motors.

3. When pin 1 (Y terminal) of the 5-pin thermostat

harness receives a 24-volt signal from the thermo-

stat, a 5-second circulating air blower delay

starts.

4. After the 5-second delay, the ignition control

energizes the cooling speed relay. This sends L1

power to the ACB COOL terminal of the ignition

control.

5. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower

terminal block, energizing the circulating air

blower motor.

6. When the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted by the

thermostat, the contactor is immediately de-

energized. This interrupts L1 power to the com-

pressor and condenser fan motors, stopping

both.

7. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulat-

ing air blower “off” delay, after which the ACB

COOL terminal de-energizes. This interrupts L1

power to the circulating air blower motor, causing

it to stop.

Low Voltage

1. The thermostat energizes the R, Y and G circuit,

sending a 24-volt signal to the contactor coil and to

pin 1 of the 5-pin thermostat harness connected to

the ignition control.

2. The contactor closes immediately upon receiving

the 24-volt signal, causing the compressor and

condenser fan motors to start.

3. The 24-volt signal is also sent to pin 1 of the 5-pin

thermostat harness, initiating a 5-second circulat-

ing air blower “on” delay.

4. After the 5-second delay, the ignition control

energizes the cooling speed relay and the circulat-

ing air blower starts.

5. When the cooling call is satisfied, the thermostat

interrupts the R, Y and G circuit. The contactor

de-energizes immediately, causing the compressor

and the condenser fan to stop. The ignition

control starts a 90-second circulating air blower

“off” delay.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-9

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

6. After the 90-second delay, the ignition control de-

energizes the cooling speed relay and the circulat-

ing air blower stops.

FAN ON

1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON”

position, the R-G circuit sends a 24-volt signal to

pin 4 of the 5-pin thermostat harness.

2. The 24-volt signal energizes the cooling speed

relay, sending L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal

of the ignition control.

3. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower

terminal block, causing the circulating air blower

to run in cooling speed.

4. The circulating air blower continues to run in

cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to

“AUTO”, interrupting the R-G circuit.

Note: With the thermostat in the “FAN ON” position

during heat call, ignition control will not energize

the heat speed relay. The circulating air blower

continues to run in cooling speed unless the limit

switch circuit opens, which would cause the heat

speed relay and the induced draft blower relay

to become energized. This would de-energize the

cooling speed relay until either the limit switch

circuit is closed or the thermostat is switched to

the “AUTO” position.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-10

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

#45008-2

HIGH (BLACK)

64HW

MED (BLUE)

51HW

HIGH (BLACK)38HW

LOW (RED)LOW (RED)26HW

HEATINGHEATINGMODELS

EVAP. MOTOR

SPEED CONNECTIONS

EVAP. MOTOR

SPEED CONNECTIONS

GREEN

M

ORANGE

ORANGE

VOILET

VOILET

RED

BLUE

WHT

RED

BLACK

BLUE

YELLOW

WHITE

GREEN

RED

FLAME ROD

ELECTRODE

456

3

2

1

RGWCY

BLACK

BLACK BLACK

GAS

VALVE

MANUAL RESET

LIMIT SWITCH

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

BLACK

BLUE

YELLOW

RED

208 V

RED

BLUE

240 V

CAPACITORCAPACITOR

BLOWER

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

}

THERMOSTAT

}

BLACK

BLACK

RED

YELLOW

RED

BLUE

BLACK

BROWN

CONNECTION DIAGRAM

W

Y

G

R

W

Y

G

R

GND

24VAC

UNUSED

HEAT

COOL

L1

CNB

L

SEE

CHART

FOR WIRING

PRESSURE

SWITCH

AUTO RESET

LIMIT SWITCH

IGNITION

CONTROL

BLOWER

MOTOR

CONNECTOR

BLOCK

WIRE NUT

TERMINAL BLOCK

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING R-W

COOLING R-G-Y

FAN R-G

LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED

LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE

SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE

MUST BE USED.

YELLOW

TRANSFORMER

ORANGE

H

1

2

3

4

5

DIAGNOSTICS

The following blower/ignition control board

LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal

operations:

SLOW FLASH Normal Operation, No

Call for Heat

FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for

Heat

2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to

Detect or Sustain Flame

3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or

Closed

4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout

Switch Open

5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas

Valve Not Energized

STEADY Internal Failure

(Micro-controller Failure;

Self-check)

HW (Heating Only)

(w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System)

FIGURE 2-2 Connection Diagram

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-11

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Simplified Sequence - HW (w/UTEC 1097 Board)

Refer to Figure 2-2

CALL FOR HEAT

1. The indoor thermostat energizes the R-W circuit,

sending a 24-volt signal to the ignition control.

2. The 24-volt signal causes the induced draft blower

to start, which closes the pressure switch.

3. Once the pressure switch closes, a 30-second

induced draft blower pre-purge starts.

4. After the 30-second induced draft blower pre-purge,

the gas valve opens and the burners ignite. This

starts a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay.

5. The unit continues to operate in the heat mode until

the indoor thermostat setting is reached. At that

time, the R-W circuit is interrupted.

6. The 24-volt signal to the ignition control is inter-

rupted, causing the gas valve to close and the

burners to shut down.

7. A 5-second post-purge starts and following that the

induced draft blower stops.

8. A 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay

starts. After the elapsed time, the circulating air

blower stops.

FAN ON

1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON”

position, a 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition

control.

2. The ignition control immediately energizes the

cooling speed of the circulating air blower.

3. The circulating air blower runs in the cooling speed

until the thermostat fan switch is moved back to the

“AUTO” position. At this time, the circulating air

blower stops.

During the call for “FAN ON”, the circulating air blower

heat speed will not be energized by the ignition control

unless the limit switch circuit is interrupted.

Detailed Sequence follows

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-12

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence - HW (w/UTEC 1097 Board)

Refer to Figure 2-2

POWER

Line Voltage

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), line

voltage will be present:

L1 Power

1. Through the L1 black lead to the L1 terminal on the

ignition control

2. At the transformer terminal marked 208-240V

L2 Power

1. Through the L2 black lead to the induced draft

blower

2. Transformer common terminal

3. At the circulating air blower capacitor terminal

Low Voltage (24 VAC)

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24

volts A/C will be present:

1. At the transformer 24V terminal

2. At the 24VAC hot terminal on the ignition control

3. At pin 5 of the 5-pin thermostat harness (red wire

pin)

4. At pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness

5. Through the auto reset limit switch and the

manual reset rollout switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness

Note: While the unit is at rest, the green LED shows

consistent slow flash. This indicates normal

operation - system at rest (standby mode).

CALL FOR HEAT

Line Voltage

The ignition control receives a signal from the R-W

circuit indicating a call for heat.

1. The combustion blower relay energizes, sending

L1 power to CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition

control. This causes the combustion blower to

start.

2. As the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness by the ignition control, a 30-

second circulating air blower “on” delay starts.

After the delay, the ignition control energizes the

heat speed blower relay. This sends L1 power to

the ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control.

3. L1 power is then sent to the circulating air blower

terminal block where it is connected to the blower

motor, starting the circulating air blower.

4. The combustion blower and the circulating air

blower continue to run until the R-W circuit is

interrupted. After a 5-second post-purge delay, the

CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control de-

energizes. This interrupts L1 power to the combus-

tion blower. After a 120-second circulating air

blower “off” delay, the ACB HEAT terminal de-

energizes. This interrupts L1 to the circulating air

blower. As L1 power is interrupted, the blowers

shut off.

Low Voltage

1. A call for heat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24-

volt signal to the low voltage white wire in the unit.

2. The 24-volt signal is received at pin 3 of the 5-pin

thermostat harness on the ignition control.

3. The 24-volt signal causes the combustion blower

relay to close, causing the combustion blower to

run. At this time, a 24-volt signal is also sent out

through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

4. The 24-volt signal from pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition

wire harness energizes one side of the Normally

Open pressure switch. As the induced draft

blower reaches full speed, the pressure switch

closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness.

5. When the 24-volt signal is received at pin 5 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts

a 30-second pre-purge delay.

6. After the 30-second pre-purge, the ignition control

initiates a trial for ignition. The spark ignition

cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness energize simultaneously.

7. When the 24-volt signal is present at pin 4 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts

a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay.

8. The 24-volt signal from pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition

wire harness is received at the gas valve, causing

it to open and the burners to ignite.

9. After 30-second “on” delay, the circulating air

blower relay energizes the heat terminal and the

circulating air blower is energized.

10. The unit will continue to operate normally until the

R-W circuit is interrupted.

11. When the heat call is satisfied, the thermostat will

interrupt the R-W circuit. This causes the 24-volt

signal to the white wire in the unit to be de-ener-

gized.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-13

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

12. The gas valve closes immediately as 24V through

pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is de-

energized by the ignition control.

13. The ignition control initiates a 120-second circu-

lating air blower “off” delay and 5-second com-

bustion blower post-purge delay.

14. After 5 seconds, the combustion blower shuts off.

15. After 120 seconds, the circulating air blower

shuts off and the system returns to standby mode.

Note: During a call for heat, the green LED shows

consistent fast flash (as long as the R-W circuit is

closed). When the R-W circuit is interrupted

(indicating the heat call has been satisfied), the

green LED returns to a consistent slow flash.

LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS

In all modes of operation, 24VAC is supplied to the

ignition control 24VAC hot terminal and is passed

through the ignition control to pin 6 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness.

1. A 24-volt signal is sent from pin 6 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness to one side of the Normally

Closed manual reset rollout switch, across the

rollout switch to one side of the Normally Closed

auto reset limit switch and across the limit switch

to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

2. This circuit energizes whenever line voltage power

is supplied to the unit.

3. If the circuit is interrupted by either switch opening,

the 24-volt signal to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness de-energizes.

4. This causes the combustion blower relay to

energize, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR

terminal on the ignition control. It also causes the

circulating air blower heat speed relay to ener-

gize, sending L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal

on the ignition control. This causes both blowers

to start immediately.

5. The ignition control lockouts the spark ignition

cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of

the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

6. The circulating air blower and the combustion

blower are energized until the 24-volt signal is

restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

7. The green ignition control LED shows a 4 flash fault

code (indicating limit switch/rollout switch open).

8. When the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts

a 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay

and a 120-second circulating air blower “off”

delay.

9. Once the delays have timed out, both blowers stop

and the green LED flashes a consistent slow flash if

no heat call is present. (A consistent fast flash

appears if there is a call for heat.)

Note: The limit switch resets automatically when

temperatures are acceptable, but the rollout

switch must be manually reset by pushing in on

the small button on top of the switch.

The reason why the switches opened must be

determined before any corrective action is taken.

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)

When the R-W circuit is energized, a 24-volt signal is

sent to the ignition control. This starts the call for

heat.

1. The 24-volt signal from the R-W circuit energizes

the combustion blower relay, sending L1 power to

the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control.

This starts the ignition control.

2. At the same time the combustion blower relay

energizes, the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 2 of the 6-

pin ignition wire harness and from pin 2 to one side

of the Normally Open pressure switch.

3. If the combustion blower causes the pressure

switch to close, a 24-volt signal is sent across the

switch to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

The 24-volt signal energizes at pin 5 and the ignition

sequence continues.

4. If the combustion blower fails to close the pres-

sure switch, the 24-volt signal is not sent to pin 5

of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and the ignition

control does not initiate a 30-second pre-purge

delay.

5. No signal is sent to the spark ignition cable

terminal on the ignition control or to the gas valve

through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

6. The combustion blower continues to run for 60

seconds. After 60 seconds, the ignition control

automatically de-energizes the combustion

blower relay. This interrupts L1 power to the CMB

BLWR terminal on the ignition control.

7. The combustion blower remains de-energized for

approximately six minutes. During this 6-minute

lockout, the green LED flashes three times (indicat-

ing pressure switch fault—open or closed).

8. The 24-volt signal will only be supplied to the limit

switch circuit through pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire

harness and to the pressure switch circuit through

pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

9. The system will repeat this sequence until the

pressure switch closes and the 24-volt signal is

restored at pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-14

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION

When the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal

is sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, the

spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness energize.

1. As spark voltage is supplied to the ignitor elec-

trodes, the gas valve opens and this causes the

burners to ignite.

2. The ignition control continues to energize spark

voltage until a flame sense signal is supplied to the

flame terminal on the ignition control.

3. If a flame sense signal is not received at the flame

terminal on the ignition control, the spark igni-

tion cable terminal remains energized for 10

seconds.

4. After the 10-second trial for ignition, the ignition

control de-energizes the spark ignition cable

terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.

This causes the gas valve to close and the elec-

trode spark to stop.

5. Once the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin

ignition wire harness, a 30-second circulating air

blower “on” delay starts. After the delay is timed

out, the circulating air blower starts.

6. After the spark ignition cable terminal de-ener-

gizes, the ignition control initiates a 30-second

combustion blower inter-purge delay.

7. After 30-second inter-purge, the ignition control

energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and

pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. If the flame

sense signal is received at the flame terminal of the

ignition control, the unit continues heat call.

8. If the flame sense signal is not received, the system

goes through three trials following the above

sequence.

9. After three trials, the system goes into lockout and

only the limit switch circuit and pressure switch

circuit remain energized during the 60-minute

lockout period.

10. If the flame sense is lost during the heat cycle, the

gas valve de-energizes immediately and the

system goes into the trial sequence.

FAN ON

1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON”

position, the R-G circuit sends a 24-volt signal to

pin 4 of the 5-pin thermostat harness.

2. The 24-volt signal energizes the cooling speed

relay, sending L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal

of the ignition control.

3. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower

terminal block, causing the circulating air blower

to run in cooling speed.

4. The circulating air blower continues to run in

cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to

“AUTO”, interrupting the R-G circuit.

Note: With the thermostat in the “FAN ON” position

during heat call, ignition control will not energize

the heat speed relay. The circulating air blower

continues to run in cooling speed unless the limit

switch circuit opens, which would cause the heat

speed relay and the induced draft blower relay

to become energized. This would de-energize the

cooling speed relay until either the limit switch

circuit is closed or the thermostat is switched to

the “AUTO” position.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-15

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

BLANK PAGE

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-16

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

FIGURE 2-3 Connection Diagram

#39007D5

HWC122, 182, 242, 302

(w/Fenwal T(w/Fenwal T

(w/Fenwal T(w/Fenwal T

(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Contrriton 2461D DSI Ignition Contr

riton 2461D DSI Ignition Contrriton 2461D DSI Ignition Contr

riton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)ol)

ol)ol)

ol)

BLACK

BLACK

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

IGNITION

TH

P. S W

V1

IND

L1

24VAC

GND

V2

PINK

WHITE

ORN

ORN

GAS

BLUE

BLUE

ELECTRODE

CABLE

GREEN

BLACK

BLACK

RED

VALVE

CONTROL

MANUAL

RESET

WHITE

BROWN

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

BLACK

BLACK

SWITCH

PRESSURE

WHITE

SWITCH

LIMIT

NO

NC

C

RED

WHITE

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

WHITE

GREEN

Y

R

W

G

R

W

Y

G

THERMOSTAT

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING

COOLING

FAN

R-W

R-G-Y

R-G

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED,

THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE

WIRE MUST BE USED.

BLACK

CONDENSER FAN

VIOLET BLACK

BLACK

BROWN

YELLOW

RED

RED

FAN

COM

HERM

CAPACITOR-RUN

S

C

R

CONTACTOR

T1

T2

L1

L2

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

MODELS

BLACK

BLACK

208V 240V

TRANS-

RED

BLUE

BLUE

RED

YEL

BLUE

BLK

BLK YEL YEL

BLUE

WHITE

GREEN

COMP T’STAT

(IF USED) TIME DELAY

(IF USED)

COM

CONTR

LOAD

BLOWER

CONTROL C

R

W

G

BLK

C

L1

H

FOR WIRING

MOTOR

BLK

BLUE

RED

SEE TABLE

SEE TABLE

YEL

BROWN

RED

BLOWER

CAPACITY BLOWER

SPEED CONNECTIONS

HEATING COOLING

26HWC122

38HWC122

38HWC182

38HWC242

51HWC182

51HWC242

51HWC302

64HWC182

64HWC242

64HWC302

LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)

LOW (RED) LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK)

*

*

*

*

JUMPER REQUIRED

CONNECTOR

BLOCK

FORMER

Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model

number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall

below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped

version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-38.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-17

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence follows

CALL FOR COOLING

1. A call for cooling closes the circuit from R to Y and

G.

2. A 24-volt signal is sent to blower control board

terminal G and to the compressor contactor. The

contactor closes, sending line voltage to the com-

pressor and the outdoor condenser fan.

3. With a 24-volt signal at terminal G on the blower

control board, the circulating air blower starts in

cooling speed approximately 15 seconds later (or

immediately - see note below).

4. When the cooling call is completed, G and Y de-

energize. The contactor opens immediately, stop-

ping the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.

When G de-energizes, the timer to turn off the

circulating air blower starts. The circulating air

blower turns off after 90 seconds (see note below).

FAN ON

1. When the thermostat switch is moved to the “FAN

ON” position, the circuit between R and G closes.

2. The 24-volt signal from G goes to the blower control

board which starts the timer.

3. Fifteen seconds after terminal G on the blower

control board energizes (or immediately after - see

note below), the circulating air blower starts.

4. When terminal G on the blower control board de-

energizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air

blower starts. The circulating air blower turns off

after 90 seconds (see note below).

Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”

delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90

seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no

“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.

CALL FOR HEAT

1. A call for heat closes the circuit between wires R

(red) and W (white) on the unit’s thermostat connec-

tions.

2. A low voltage (24 volts) signal is sent to the ignition

control, closing a relay which sends line voltage to

the induced draft blower. At the same time, a 24-

volt signal is also sent to the blower control board.

This causes the blower control board to begin the

countdown to closing the relay that starts the

circulating air blower.

3. After the induced draft blower creates enough

negative pressure, the pressure switch closes.

4. When the pressure switch closes, the 24-volt signal

is sent to the ignition control. This starts a 30-

second pre-purge countdown, after which a trial for

ignition is made.

5. At the same time that the trial for ignition is made,

the gas valve energizes and gas flows to the

burners.

6. With the burners in operation, the trial for ignition

continues for seven seconds. At the end of this

time, the ignition control stops sparking.

7. Approximately 30 seconds after the burners ignite,

the timer on the blower control board closes a relay,

sending line voltage to and starting the circulating

air blower.

8. The unit continues to operate as long as there is a

24-volt signal between R and W. When the call for

heat is satisfied, the 24-volt signal between R and W

discontinues. When W de-energizes, the power to

the induced draft blower and the gas valve is

interrupted. The 24-volt signal to the blower control

board is also interrupted, causing the module to

start the countdown to blower “off” (approximately

90 seconds).

9. If at any time during a call for heat the limit switch

opens, the 24-volt signal to the white wire going to

terminal P.SW on the ignition control is interrupted.

This de-energizes the gas valve immediately. The

circulating air blower and the induced draft blower

continue to run. When the unit cools down enough

for the limit switch to close, the 24-volt signal is

again sent to the P.SW terminal on the ignition

control. With terminal P.SW energized, the ignition

control again makes a trial for ignition and relights

the burners.

Simplified Sequence - HWC122,182, 242, 302

(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)

Refer to Figure 2-3

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-18

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302

(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)

Refer to Figure 2-3

POWER

Line Voltage

When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is

sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the

thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied

to both black wires located in the junction block on top

of the unit.

Line voltage will be present at the following locations:

First black wire

1. L-1 on the ignition control

2. L-1 on the contactor

3. L-1 on the blower control board

4. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or

240V (whichever is being used)

Second black wire

1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower

2. L-2 on the contactor

3. Common terminal on the transformer

4. T-2 on the contactor

5. Red wire on the R terminal of the compressor

6. Red wire to the common terminals on the capaci-

tors

Low Voltage (24 VAC)

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24

volts A/C will be found at these points:

1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit

2. Terminal marked 24 VAC on the ignition control

3. Terminal R on the blower control board

CALL FOR HEAT

Line Voltage

The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.

The following is the sequence of operation for the line

voltage side of the unit:

1. Terminal TH (24-volt) energizes on the ignition

control, causing the relay in the ignition control

to close. This sends line voltage to the terminal

marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to

start.

2. When W energizes, a 24-volt signal is also sent to

the W terminal on the blower control board. The

24-volt signal to the blower control board starts

the timer on the board. After 60 seconds, the heat

speed relay on the blower control board closes.

This sends line voltage from the terminal marked

HEAT to the circulating air blower, starting the

blower. The induced draft blower and the circu-

lating air blower continue to operate until the heat

call is satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R

and W. The W terminal de-energizes, causing the

blower relay to open approximately 90 seconds

later. This interrupts the line voltage to the circulat-

ing air blower and the blower shuts down.

Low Voltage

1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat

between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the

white wire on the unit.

2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit

switch, ignition control terminal TH and terminal

W on the blower control board.

3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to

blower “on”. The blower starts in approximately 60

seconds.

4. The 24-volt signal sent to terminal TH closes the

relay in the ignition control. This starts the

induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND

on the ignition control.

5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed

and creates enough negative pressure, the pres-

sure switch closes. The 24-volt signal from the

pressure switch energizes terminal P.SW, causing

the ignition control to start a trial for ignition

(sparking).

6. As the trial for ignition starts, the V1 terminal on the

ignition control energizes. At the same time, a 24-

volt signal is sent to the gas valve, opening the

valve. The unit continues to operate as long as W is

energized.

7. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit be-

tween R and W is interrupted.

8. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immedi-

ately and the induced draft blower shuts down

several seconds later.

9. The blower control board starts a countdown to

blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the

blower shuts down.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-19

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

LIMIT OPENS

If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for

heat, the following happens:

1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in

the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals

C and NC on the limit switch open and the con-

tacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the

24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also de-

energizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control.

The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt

signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The

induced draft blower and the circulating air

blower continue to run. Power to blower control

board terminal W is maintained. The blowers

continue to run until the limit switch closes or the

heat call at the thermostat is satisfied.

2. When the limit switch senses that temperatures in

the unit are normal, the contacts between terminals

C and NO open, the contacts between terminals C

and NC close and operation of the unit returns to

normal.

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)

1. If blockage of the flue occurs, the negative pressure

in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set

point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.

This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW

on the ignition control. The gas valve closes

immediately, as the relay in the ignition control

opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the

ignition control.

2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays

energized and the circulating air blower contin-

ues to run. If the negative pressure is restored, the

pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal

to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The

ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and

operation returns to normal.

Note: If the P.SW and TH terminals energize at the

same time, the ignition control will not respond.

A pressure switch being stuck closed is an

example of what would cause this to happen.

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED

1. If the conditions in the burner compartment cause

the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch

open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to termi-

nal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the

ignition control to de-energize terminal V1,

interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and

immediately closing it.

2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be

determined before corrective action is taken.

3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if

the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done

manually. The W terminal on the blower control

board remains energized and the circulating air

blower continues to operate. Once the rollout

switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to

normal.

CALL FOR COOLING

Line Voltage

On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit

between Y, G and R.

1. With Y energized, the contactor closes. This

sends line voltage to compressor terminal C,

causing the compressor to start. The outdoor fan

also starts, drawing air through the outdoor coil.

2. Terminal G on the blower control board also

energizes at the same time as Y. This starts the

timer on the blower control board. Approximately

15 seconds later (or immediately - see note on page

2-20), the terminal marked COOL energizes. This

sends line voltage to the circulating air blower,

starting the blower.

3. The unit continues cooling as long as both Y and G

are energized. When the cooling call is satisfied,

the circuit between Y, G and R is interrupted. The

contactor immediately opens, interrupting power to

the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.

4. With the low voltage signal to terminal G on the

blower control board interrupted, the board starts

a countdown to blower “off”. After approximately 90

seconds (see note on page 2-20), the cooling speed

relay opens and the circulating air blower shuts

down.

Low Voltage

1. On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the

circuit between R and terminals G and Y.

2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal G on the

blower control board, starting the fan “on” timer.

Approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately -

see note on page 2-20), the relay closes. This

sends line voltage to the COOLING speed terminal

on the blower control board, which starts the

circulating air blower.

3. The signal from Y energizes the contactor, starting

the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.

4. When the cooling call is satisfied, both G and Y are

de-energized. The contactor opens immediately,

causing the compressor and the outdoor cooling

fan to stop.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-20

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

5. The circulating air blower shuts off approximately

90 seconds after G terminal on the blower control

board is de-energized (see note below).

FAN ON

Low Voltage

1. When the switch on the thermostat is moved to the

“FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to G.

2. With G energized, the blower control board starts

a countdown to fan “on”. After approximately 15

seconds, the fan starts (see note below).

3. The blower control board closes a relay on the

board, sending line voltage to the terminal marked

COOL on the board. This starts the circulating air

blower.

4. When the switch at the thermostat is moved to the

“OFF” position, the 24-volt signal to the blower

control board is interrupted. With no signal at the

G terminal, the blower control board starts a

countdown to fan “off”. Approximately 90 seconds

later, a relay on the blower control board opens

(see note below). This interrupts the power to and

stops the circulating air blower.

Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”

delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90

seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no

“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-21

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

BLANK PAGE

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-22

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

#39247D2

HW (Heating Only)

(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING R-W

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

THERMOSTAT

Y

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED,

THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE

WIRE MUST BE USED.

MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS

MODELS

26HW

38HW

51HW

64HW

HEATING

LOW (RED)

HIGH (BLACK)

MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLACK)

PINK

BROWN

WHITE

ORANGE

BLUE

ORANGE

BLUE

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

YELLOW

YELLOW

BROWN BLUE

BLACK

RED

RED

WHITE

SEE CHART

FOR WIRING

BLACK

BLACK

WHITE

WHITE

RED

GREEN

RED

RED

WHITE

WHITE

GREEN

BLUE

YELLOW RED

WHITE

GREEN

BLUE

BLUE

TH

P. S W

L1

IND

V1

24VAC

V2

GND

ELECTRODE

CABLE

IGNITION

CONTROL

GAS

VALVE

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

MANUAL

RESET

LIMIT

SWITCH

PRESSURE

SWITCH

CAPACITOR

BLOWER BLOWER

MOTOR

BLOWER

BLOWER

CONTROL

208 240

TRANS-

FORMER

CNO

NC

R

W

Y

G

R

W

G

RW

C

L1

H

FIGURE 2-4 Connection Diagram

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-23

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Simplified Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 2461D Board)

Refer to Figure 2-4

CALL FOR HEAT

1. A call for heat closes the circuit between R and W

on the thermostat. This sends a 24-volt signal to the

white wire on the unit.

2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal TH on the

ignition control and the W terminal on the blower

control board.

3. With the TH terminal energized, the ignition control

closes an internal relay. This sends line voltage

from terminal IND to the induced draft blower,

starting the inducer.

4. After a pre-purge cycle of approximately 30 sec-

onds, the ignition control makes a trial for ignition.

Terminal V1 energizes at this time, opening the gas

valve. The ignition control initiates a spark at the

burner to light the main burners.

5. The trial for ignition lasts seven seconds, at which

time the ignition control stops sparking. The ignition

control looks at the flame sense to determine if the

main burners have ignited. If flame sense is not

proven, the ignition control goes through another

pre-purge cycle (approximately 30 seconds) and

makes another trial for ignition. It does this three

times. If the three trials for ignition fail, the ignition

control locks out for approximately 60 minutes.

After 60 minutes, the ignition control again makes

three trials for ignition. This continues as long as

there is a call for heat from the thermostat.

6. When W energizes, the blower control board starts

a countdown to fan “on”. Approximately 60 seconds

after the thermostat initiates a call for heat, the

circulating air blower starts.

7. The unit continues to operate as long as there is a

call for heat from the thermostat.

8. When the heat call is satisfied, the circuit between R

and W is interrupted. With the white wire de-

energized, the ignition control interrupts the 24-volt

signal to the gas valve. This closes the gas valve

immediately and opens the internal relay that de-

energizes terminal IND. The induced draft blower

shut downs several seconds later.

9. The W terminal on the blower control board de-

energizes. This causes the blower control board to

start a countdown to blower “off”. Approximately 90

seconds later, the circulating air blower shuts down.

This completes the heating cycle.

Detailed Sequence follows

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-24

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence - HW

(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control)

Refer to Figure 2-4

POWER

Line Voltage

When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is

sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from thermo-

stat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied to the two

black wires located in the junction block on top of the

unit.

Line voltage will be present at the following locations:

First black wire

1. L-1 on the ignition control

2. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or

240V (whichever is being used)

3. Common terminal on the blower capacitor

Second black wire

1. Supplies power to the one side of the induced

draft blower

2. Common terminal on the transformer

3. L terminal on the blower control board

Low Voltage (24 VAC)

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24

volts A/C will be found at the following points:

1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit

2. Terminal marked NO on the limit switch

2. Terminal marked 24VAC on the ignition control

3. Terminal R on the blower control board

CALL FOR HEAT

Line Voltage

The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.

The following is the sequence of operation for the line

voltage side of the unit:

1. Terminal TH on the ignition control energizes,

causing a relay in the ignition control to close.

This sends line voltage to terminal IND on the

ignition control, causing the induced draft

blower to start.

2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent

to the W terminal on the blower control board.

Approximately 60 seconds after W terminal ener-

gizes, the timer on the blower control board

closes the heat speed relay on the board. This

sends line voltage to the H terminal on the blower

control board, which starts the circulating air

blower.

3. The induced draft blower and the circulating air

blower continue to operate as long as W is ener-

gized.

4. When W de-energizes, a relay in the ignition

control opens. Terminal IND de-energizes and the

induced draft blower shuts down. Approximately

90 seconds later, the circulating air blower also

shuts down.

Low Voltage

The following is the sequence of operation for the low

voltage side of the unit on a heat call:

1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat

between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the

white wire on the unit.

2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit

switch.

3. The 24-volt signal is sent from the C terminal

(brown wire) on the limit switch to terminal TH on

the ignition control. This causes the ignition

control to close the line voltage relay, starting the

induced draft blower. When the induced draft

blower comes up to speed and creates enough

negative pressure, the pressure switch closes.

4. With the pressure switch closed, the 24-volt signal

goes to the rollout switch located over the burners.

5. The 24-volt signal from the rollout switch goes to

the terminal marked P.SW on the ignition control,

causing the ignition control to make a trial for

ignition (sparking). Terminal V1 on the ignition

control also energizes at this time, causing the gas

valve to open.

6. At the same time that the C terminal on the limit

switch energizes, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the

W terminal on the blower control board. This

starts the timer on the blower control board.

Approximately 30 seconds after the main burners

ignite, the blower control board closes a relay;

this sends line voltage to the circulating air

blower, starting the blower.

7. As long as W (white wire) is energized, the unit

continues to operate.

8. When the heat call is satisfied, the circuit between R

and W is interrupted.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-25

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

9. When W de-energizes, the gas valve immediately

shuts down and the induced draft blower also

stops after several seconds.

10. The blower control board starts a countdown to

blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the

circulating air blower shuts down.

LIMIT OPENS

If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for

heat, the following happens:

1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in

the unit is too high, the circuit between terminals C

and NC on the limit switch opens. This closes the

circuit between terminals C and NO on the limit

switch, interrupting the 24-volt signal to the pres-

sure switch and the rollout switch and causing

terminal P.SW on the ignition control to de-

energize. The gas valve immediately closes, as

there is no longer a 24-volt signal at terminal V1 on

the ignition control. With 24 volts still going to the

blower control board and terminal TH on the

ignition control, the circulating air blower and

induced draft blower continue to run.

2. The circulating air blower and the induced draft

blower continue to run as long as there is a call for

heat from the thermostat or the limit switch

remains open.

3. When the limit switch senses that the temperature

in the unit is low enough, the circuit between C and

NO opens and the circuit between C and NC

closes.

4. With the limit switch closed, the unit again makes

a trial for ignition and returns to normal operation.

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)

1. If blockage of the flue occurs, the negative pressure

in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set

point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.

This interrupts the 24-volt signal coming from

terminal NC on the limit switch. Terminal P.SW on

the ignition control de-energizes, as does terminal

V1. With loss of the 24-volt signal to the gas valve,

the valve closes immediately.

2. Terminals TH on the ignition control and W on the

blower control board remain energized. The

induced draft blower and the circulating air

blower continue to run.

3. When the pressure switch senses that there is

enough negative pressure within the flue, it will

again close the circuit between the limit switch and

terminal P.SW on the ignition control.

4. The unit makes a trial for ignition and returns to

normal operation.

Note: If the P.SW and TH terminals energize at the

same time, the ignition control will not respond.

A pressure switch being stuck closed is an

example of what would cause this to happen.

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED

1. If the conditions in the burner compartment cause

the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch

open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal going to

terminal P.SW on the ignition control, causing

terminal V1 on the ignition control to de-energize.

This interrupts the 24-volt signal to the gas valve

and immediately closes it. Since terminal TH on the

ignition control and W on the blower control

board remain energized, the induced draft

blower and the circulating air blower continue to

run.

2. The 24-volt signal to the ignition control can only

be restored if the rollout switch is manually reset.

3. Once the cause of the rollout switch being tripped

has been determined, the switch can be reset.

4. With the rollout switch reset, terminal P.SW on the

ignition control again energizes. The ignition

control makes a trial for ignition and operation

returns to normal.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-26

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

#39007D4

FIGURE 2-5 Connection Diagram

HWC122, 182, 242, 302

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Contr(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Contr

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Contr(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Contr

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)ol)

ol)ol)

ol)

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

GAS

VALVE

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING

COOLING

FAN

R-W

R-G-Y

R-G

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED,

THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE

WIRE MUST BE USED.

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

MODELS

SPEED CONNECTIONS

HEATING COOLING

26HWC122

38HWC122

38HWC182

38HWC242

51HWC182

51HWC242

51HWC302

64HWC182

64HWC242

64HWC302

LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)

LOW (RED) LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK)

*

*

*

*

JUMPER REQUIRED

FOR WIRING

SEE TABLE

SEE TABLE

MOTOR

BLOWER

CAPACITY BLOWER

IGNITION

CONTROL

BLACK

BLACK

P. S W

V1

IND

L1

V2

S1

TS

ELECTRODE

CABLE

GREEN

RED

BLACK

BLACK

WHITE

GND

FLAME

SENSOR

BLACK

BLACK

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

BROWN

WHITE

ORANGE

ORANGE

BLUE

BLUE

MANUAL

RESET

WHITE

PRESSURE

SWITCH

WHITE

SWITCH

LIMIT

NO

NC

C

RED

WHITE

R

W

Y

G

R

W

Y

G

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

WHITE

GREEN

CONNECTOR

BLOCK

RED

BLUE

BLACK

CONTACTOR

208V 240V

TRANS-

BLACK

BLUE

RED

YEL YEL

TIME DELAY

(IF USED)

BLK

BLK

YEL

BLUE

FORMER

WHITE

GREEN

COMP T’STAT

(IF USED)

T1

T2

L1

L2

C

R

W

G

C

L1

H

BLK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

RED

BLOWER

CONTROL

CONDENSER FAN

FAN

COM

HERM

CAPACITOR-RUN

S

C

R

VIOLET

BROWN

YELLOW

RED

RED

YEL

BROWN

BLK

BLUE

RED

Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model

number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall

below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped

version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-38.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-27

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Simplified Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)

Refer to Figure 2-5

CALL FOR COOLING

1. A call for cooling closes the circuit from R to Y and

G.

2. A 24-volt signal is sent to blower control board

terminal G and to the compressor contactor. The

contactor closes, sending line voltage to the com-

pressor and the outdoor condenser fan.

3. With a 24-volt signal at terminal G on the blower

control board, the circulating air blower starts in

cooling speed 15 seconds later (see note below).

4. When the cooling call is completed, G and Y de-

energize. The contactor opens immediately, stop-

ping the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.

When G de-energizes, the timer to turn off the

circulating air blower starts. The blower turns off

after 90 seconds (see note below).

FAN ON

1. When the thermostat switch is moved to the “FAN

ON” position, the circuit between R and G closes.

2. The 24-volt signal from G goes to the blower control

board which starts the timer.

3. Fifteen seconds after terminal G on the blower

control board energizes (or immediately after - see

note below), the circulating air blower starts.

4. When terminal G on the blower control board de-

energizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air

blower starts. The blower turns off after 90 seconds

(see note below).

Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”

delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90

seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no

“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.

CALL FOR HEAT

1. The thermostat energizes the R-W circuit, sending a

24-volt signal to the W wire at the unit.

2. The 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control,

closing the combustion blower relay and causing the

combustion blower to run.

3. The 24-volt signal is also sent to the blower control

board, starting a 30-second circulation air blower

“on” delay.

4. As the combustion blower reaches full speed, it

closes the pressure switch.

5. A 24-volt signal is sent from the pressure switch to

the ignition control. Following a 30-second pre-

purge delay, this signal energizes the spark termi-

nal.

6. The gas valve solenoid energizes at the same time

as the spark terminal, causing the gas valve to open

and the burners to light.

7. The spark ignitor continues to spark for approxi-

mately six seconds or until flame is sensed by the

flame sensor electrode.

8. The unit will operate normally until the R-W circuit is

de-energized by the thermostat, interrupting the 24-

volt signal to the unit.

9. When the signal is interrupted, the gas valve de-

energizes and closes immediately.

10. The combustion blower relay de-energizes several

seconds later, causing the combustion blower to

stop.

11. The blower control board starts a 90-second

circulating air blower “off” delay.

12. Following the 90-second delay, the circulating air

blower stops.

FLAME SENSE

1. After the spark electrode has lit the main burners,

the ignition control waits approximately six seconds

for a flame sense signal.

2. If a flame sense signal is not received after approxi-

mately six seconds, the ignition control de-ener-

gizes the spark terminal and gas valve.

3. The thermostat R-W circuit sends a 24-volt signal to

the blower control board, starting the circulating air

blower (after a 30-second delay).

4. The unit initiates three trials for ignition (flame

sense) before system lockout.

Detailed Sequence follows

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-28

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)

Refer to Figure 2-5

POWER

Line Voltage

When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is

sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the

thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied

to both black wires located in the junction block on top

of the unit.

Line voltage will be present at the following locations:

First black wire

1. L-1 on the ignition module

2. L-1 on the contactor

3. L-1 on the blower control board

4. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or

240V (whichever is being used)

Second black wire

1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower

2. L-2 on the contactor

3. Common terminal on the transformer

4. T-2 on the contactor

5. Red wire on the R terminal of the compressor

6. Red wire to the common terminals on the capaci-

tors

Low Voltage (24 VAC)

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24

volts A/C will be found at these points:

1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit

2. Terminal marked 24VAC on the ignition control

3. Terminal R on the blower control board

CALL FOR HEAT

Line Voltage

The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.

The following is the sequence of operation for the line

voltage side of the unit:

1. Terminal TS (24-volt) energizes on the ignition

control, causing a relay in the ignition control to

close. This sends line voltage to the terminal

marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to

start.

2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent to

the W terminal on the blower control board. The

24-volt signal starts the timer on the blower con-

trol board. After 60 seconds, the heat speed relay

on the blower control board closes. This sends

line voltage from the terminal marked HEAT to the

circulating air blower, starting the blower. The

induced draft blower and the circulating air

blower continue to operate until the heat call is

satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R and W.

The W terminal de-energizes, causing the blower

relay to open approximately 90 seconds later. This

interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air

blower and the blower shuts down.

Low Voltage

1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat

between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the

white wire on the unit.

2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit

switch, ignition control terminal TS and terminal

W on the blower control board.

3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to

circulating air blower “on”. The blower starts in

approximately 60 seconds.

4. The 24-volt signal sent to the TS terminal closes a

relay in the ignition control. This starts the

induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND

on the ignition control.

5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed

and creates enough negative pressure, the pres-

sure switch closes. The 24-volt signal is sent from

the pressure switch to one side of the Normally

Closed manual reset rollout switch. If the

rollout switch is closed, the 24-volt signal is

passed through the switch to the P.SW terminal on

the ignition control. This initiates a 30-second pre-

purge period.

6. After the 30-second pre-purge period, a trial for

ignition starts by energizing the spark terminal and

the V1 terminal simultaneously. The 24-volt signal

from V1 energizes the gas valve solenoid, causing

it to open. These actions cause the burners to light.

7. After the burners are lit, a flame sense is picked up

by the flame sense rod located at the opposite

end of the burner rack from the spark electrodes.

The flame sense signal is sent to the S1 terminal of

the ignition control. The unit continues to operate

as long as W is energized.

8. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit be-

tween R and W is interrupted, de-energizing W.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-29

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

9. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immedi-

ately and the induced draft blower stops several

seconds later.

10. The blower control board starts a 90-second

circulating air blower “off” delay. Approximately

90 seconds later, the blower stops.

FLAME SENSE

1. During a call for heat, the spark terminal is ener-

gized and the gas valve is opened to light the

burners.

2. The ignition control energizes the spark terminal

and the gas valve for approximately six seconds. If

a flame is not sensed in this time period, the igni-

tion control de-energizes the spark terminal and

the gas valve. This causes the gas valve to close

and the burners to shut off.

3. Since the 24-volt signal has been sent to the

blower control board, the circulating air blower

times “on” in approximately 60 seconds.

4. The induced draft blower continues to run for

approximately 30 seconds, then another trial for

ignition begins.

5. The ignition control runs three trials for ignition. If

a flame is not sensed during these three trials, the

ignition control will lockout.

6. The circulating air blower continues to run until

the R-W circuit at the thermostat is interrupted.

7. The ignition control remains in lockout until 24-volt

power to the ignition control is reset.

LIMIT OPENS

If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for

heat, the following happens:

1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in

the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals

C and NC on the limit switch open and the con-

tacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the

24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also de-

energizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control.

The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt

signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The

induced draft blower and the circulating air

blower continue to run. Power to blower control

board terminal W is maintained. The blower

continues to run until the limit switch closes or the

heat call at the thermostat is satisfied.

2. When the limit switch senses that the tempera-

tures in the unit are normal, the contacts between

terminals C and NO open, the contacts between

terminals C and NC close and the operation of the

unit returns to normal.

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)

1. If blockage of the flue occurs, negative pressure in

the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set

point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.

This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW

on the ignition control. The gas valve closes

immediately, as a relay in the ignition control

opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the

ignition control.

2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays

energized and the circulating air blower contin-

ues to run. If negative pressure is restored, the

pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal

to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The

ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and

the operation returns to normal.

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED

1. If conditions in the burner compartment cause the

rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch

open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to termi-

nal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the

ignition control to de-energize terminal V1,

interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and

immediately closing it.

2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be

determined before any corrective action is taken.

3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if

the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done

manually. The W terminal on the blower control

board remains energized and the circulating air

blower continues to operate. Once the rollout

switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to

normal.

CALL FOR COOLING

Line Voltage

On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit

between Y, G and R.

1. With Y energized, the contactor closes. This

sends line voltage to compressor terminal C,

causing the compressor to start. The outdoor fan

also starts, drawing air through the outdoor coil.

2. Terminal G on the blower control board also

energizes at same time as Y. This starts the timer

on the blower control board. Approximately 15

seconds later (or immediately - see note on page 2-

30), the terminal marked COOL energizes. This

sends line voltage to the circulating air blower,

starting the blower.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-30

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

3. The unit continues cooling as long as both Y and G

are energized. When the cooling call is satisfied,

the circuit between Y, G and R is interrupted. The

contactor immediately opens, interrupting power to

the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.

4. With the low voltage signal to terminal G on the

blower control board interrupted, the board starts

a countdown to blower “off”. After approximately 90

seconds, the cooling speed relay opens and the

circulating air blower shuts down (see note at the

end of this section).

Low Voltage

1. On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the

circuit between R and terminals G and Y.

2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal G on the

blower control board, starting the fan “on” timer.

After approximately 15 seconds, the relay closes

(see note at the end of this section). This sends line

voltage to the COOLING speed terminal on the

board, which starts the circulating air blower.

3. The signal from Y energizes the contactor, starting

the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.

4. When the cooling call is satisfied, both G and Y de-

energize. The contactor opens immediately,

causing the compressor and the outdoor cooling

fan to stop.

5. The circulating air blower stops approximately 90

seconds after the G terminal on the blower control

board de-energizes (see note at the end of this

section).

FAN ON

Low Voltage

1. When the switch on the thermostat is moved to the

“FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to the G

terminal on the blower control board.

2. With G energized, the blower control board starts

a countdown to fan “on”. Approximately 15 seconds

later (or immediately - see note at the end of this

section), the fan starts.

3. The blower control board closes a relay on the

board, sending line voltage to the terminal on the

board marked COOL. This starts the circulating

air blower.

4. When the switch at the thermostat is moved to the

“OFF” position, the 24-volt signal to the blower

control board is interrupted. With no signal at the

G terminal, the blower control board starts a

countdown to fan “off”. Approximately 90 seconds

later, a relay on the blower control board opens

(see note at the end of this section). This interrupts

the power to and stops the circulating air blower.

Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”

delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90

seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no

“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-31

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

BLANK PAGE

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-32

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

#39247D1

HW (Heating Only)

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)

C

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING R-W

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

BROWN

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

NO

NC

MANUAL

RESET

PRESSURE

SWITCH

GAS

VALVE

WHITE

WHITE

FLAME

SENSOR

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

ELECTRODE

CABLE

BLACK

BLACK

GREEN

V1

P. S W

S1

TS

IND

L1

V2

GND

RED

IGNITION

CONTROL

LIMIT

SWITCH

ORANGE

ORANGE

BLUE

BLUE

RED

WHITE

WHITE

WHITE

THERMOSTAT

R

W

Y

G

R

W

Y

G

WHITE

RED

GREEN

YELLOW

BLUE

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED,

THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE

WIRE MUST BE USED.

WHITE

RED

GREEN

BLUE

BLACK

208 240

TRANS-

FORMER

WHITE

RED

BLUE

BLOWER

CONTROL

BLOWER

RW

C

L1

H

BLACK

BLUE

RED

MOTOR

BLOWER

SEE CHART

FOR WIRING

YELLOW

YELLOW

BROWN

BLOWER

CAPACITOR

MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS

MODELS

26HW

38HW

51HW

64HW

HEATING

LOW (RED)

HIGH (BLACK)

MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLACK)

FIGURE 2-6 Connection Diagram

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-33

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Simplified Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 05-29 Board)

Refer to Figure 2-6

CALL FOR HEAT

1. The indoor thermostat calls for heat by energizing

the R-W circuit.

2. This sends a 24-volt signal to the ignition control,

causing the induced draft blower to run.

3. A 24-volt signal is also sent to the blower control

board at this time, starting a 60-second circulating

air blower “on” delay. The circulating air blower

starts 60 seconds after the initial call for heat.

4. The induced draft blower causes the pressure

switch to close which starts a 30-second pre-purge.

After the pre-purge period, the burners ignite.

5. The unit operates in the heating mode until the

indoor thermostat setting is reached and the R-W

circuit is interrupted.

6. When the R-W circuit is interrupted, the 24-volt

signal to the ignition control and the signal to the

blower control board are interrupted.

7. The induced draft blower stops within several

seconds and a 90-second circulating air blower “off”

delay starts. Following the delay period, the circu-

lating air blower shuts off.

Detailed Sequence follows

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-34

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Detailed Sequence - HW

(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)

Refer to Figure 2-6

POWER

Line Voltage

When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is

sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the

thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied

to both black wires located in the junction block on top

of the unit.

Line voltage will be present at the following locations:

First black wire

1. L-1 on the ignition module

2. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or

240V (whichever is being used)

3. Circulating air blower capacitor terminal

Second black wire

1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower

2. Common terminal on the transformer

3. Terminal L-1 on the blower control board

Low Voltage (24 VAC)

With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24

volts A/C will be found at these points:

1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit

2. Terminal R on the blower control board

3. Terminal NO on the limit switch

4. Terminal on the transformer marked 24V

CALL FOR HEAT

Line Voltage

The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.

The following is the sequence of operation for the line

voltage side of the unit:

1. Terminal TS (24-volt) energizes on the ignition

control, causing a relay in the ignition control to

close. This sends line voltage to the terminal

marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to

start.

2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent

to the W terminal on the blower control board.

The 24-volt signal starts the timer on the blower

control board. After 60 seconds, the relay on the

blower control board closes. This sends line

voltage from the terminal marked L-1 to the terminal

marked H on the blower control board, starting

the circulating air blower. The induced draft

blower and the circulating air blower continue to

operate until the heat call is satisfied, interrupting

the circuit between R and W. The ignition control

de-energizes the induced draft blower relay,

interrupting L-1 power to the induced draft blower.

The induced draft blower stops several seconds

later. The W terminal on the blower control board

de-energizes, starting a 90-second blower “off”

delay. This interrupts the line voltage to the circu-

lating air blower and after 90 seconds, the blower

shuts down.

Low Voltage

1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat

between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the

white wire on the unit.

2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit

switch, ignition control terminal TS and terminal

W on the blower control board.

3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to

circulating air blower “on”. The blower starts in

approximately 60 seconds.

4. The 24-volt signal sent to the TS terminal closes a

relay in the ignition control. This starts the

induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND

on the ignition control.

5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed

and creates enough negative pressure, the pres-

sure switch closes. The 24-volt signal is sent from

the pressure switch to one side of the Normally

Closed manual reset rollout switch. If the

rollout switch is closed, the 24-volt signal is

passed through the switch to the P.SW terminal on

the ignition control. This initiates a 30-second

pre-purge period.

6. After the 30-second pre-purge period, a trial for

ignition starts by energizing the spark terminal and

the V1 terminal simultaneously. The 24-volt signal

from V1 energizes the gas valve solenoid, causing

it to open. These actions cause the burners to light.

7. After the burners are lit, a flame sense is picked up

by the flame sense rod located at the opposite

end of the burner rack from the spark electrodes.

The flame sense signal is sent to the S1 terminal of

the ignition control. The unit continues to operate

as long as W is energized.

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-35

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

8. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit be-

tween R and W is interrupted, de-energizing W.

9. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immedi-

ately and the induced draft blower stops several

seconds later.

10. The blower control board starts a 90-second

blower “off” delay. Approximately 90 seconds later,

the blower stops.

FLAME SENSE

1. During a call for heat, the spark terminal is ener-

gized and the gas valve is opened to light the

burners.

2. The ignition control energizes the spark terminal

and the gas valve for approximately six seconds. If

a flame is not sensed in this time period, the igni-

tion control de-energizes the spark terminal and

the gas valve. This causes the gas valve to close

and the burners to shut off.

3. Since the 24-volt signal has been sent to the

blower control board, the circulating air blower

times on in approximately 60 seconds.

4. The induced draft blower continues to run for

approximately 30 seconds, then another trial for

ignition begins.

5. The ignition control runs three trials for ignition. If

a flame is not sensed during these three trials, the

ignition control will lockout.

6. The circulating air blower continues to run until

the R-W circuit at the thermostat is interrupted.

7. The ignition control remains in lockout until 24-volt

power to the ignition control is reset.

LIMIT OPENS

If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for

heat, the following happens:

1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in

the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals

C and NC on the limit switch open and the con-

tacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the

24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also de-

energizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control.

The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt

signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The

induced draft blower and the circulating air

blower continue to run. Power to blower control

board terminal W is maintained. The blower

continues to run until the limit switch closes or the

heat call at the thermostat is satisfied.

2. When the limit switch senses that the tempera-

tures in the unit are normal, the contacts between

terminals C and NO open, the contacts between

terminals C and NC close and the operation of the

unit returns to normal.

PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)

1. If blockage of the flue occurs, negative pressure in

the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set

point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.

This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW

on the ignition control. The gas valve closes

immediately, as a relay in the ignition control

opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the

ignition control.

2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays

energized and the circulating air blower contin-

ues to run. If negative pressure is restored, the

pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal

to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The

ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and

the operation returns to normal.

ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED

1. If conditions in the burner compartment cause the

rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch

open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to termi-

nal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the

ignition control to de-energize terminal V1,

interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and

immediately closing it.

2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be

determined before any corrective action is taken.

3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if

the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done

manually. The W terminal on the blower control

board remains energized and the circulating air

blower continues to operate. Once the rollout

switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to

normal.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-36

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

#45005-2

GREEN

BLACK

BLK

M

ORANGE

VIOLET

RED

BLUE

WHITE

RED

BLACK

BLUE

YELLOW

WHITE

GREEN

RED

FLAME ROD

ELECTRODE

456

3

2

1

RGWCY

BLACK BLACK

GAS

VALVE

MANUAL RESET

LIMIT SWITCH

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

BLUE

YELLOW

RED

YELLOW

208 V

RED

BLUE

240 V

CAPACITOR

BLOWER

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

}

THERMOSTAT

}

T2

T1

L2

L1

JUMPER REQUIRED

*

*

*

*

HIGH(BLACK)HIGH(BLACK)

HIGH(BLACK)MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)HIGH(BLACK)

MED (BLUE)MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)HIGH(BLACK)

LOW (RED)MED (BLUE)

LOW (RED)LOW (RED)

MED (BLUE)HIGH(BLACK)

MED (BLUE)LOW (RED)

26HWC123SA

COOLING

HEATINGMODELS

EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS

BLACK

BLACK

RED

BLACK

BLACK

RED

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

BLACK

VIOLET

YELLOWYELLOW

RED

BLUE

BLACK

BROWN

BROWN

CONNECTION DIAGRAMCONNECTION DIAGRAM

W

Y

G

R

W

Y

G

R

GND

24VAC

UNUSED

HEAT

COOL

L1

CNB

L

H

R

C

S

FAN

COM

HERM

SEE

CHART

FOR WIRING

PRESSURE

SWITCH

AUTO RESET

LIMIT SWITCH

IGNITION

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

BLOWER

MOTOR

CAPACITOR-RUN

CONDENSER FAN

COMP

CONNECTOR

BLOCK

YELLOW

BLACK

FAN RELAY

FAN CONTROL

TERMINAL

BLOCK

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUITOPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING R-W

COOLING R-G-Y

FAN R-G

LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED

LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD

VIOLET

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE

SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRESAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE

MUST BE USED.

BLK 38HWC123SA38HWC123SA

64HWC303SA

38HWC183SA

51HWC183SA51HWC183SA

64HWC183SA64HWC183SA

38HWC243SA

51HWC243SA

64HWC243SA

51HWC303SA

BLACK

(WHEN USED)(WHEN USED)

RED

TRANSFORMER

ORANGE

ORANGE

DIAGNOSTICS

The following blower/ignition control board

LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal

operations:

SLOW FLASH Normal Operation, No

Call for Heat

FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for

Heat

2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to

Detect or Sustain Flame

3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or

Closed

4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout

Switch Open

5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas

Valve Not Energized

STEADY Internal Failure

(Micro-controller Failure;

Self-check)

HWC123, 183, 243, 303 Low Ambient

(w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System)

FIGURE 2-7 Connection Diagram

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-37

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HWC123,183, 243, 303

Low Ambient Model

Refer to Figure 2-7

The low ambient switch is designed to allow the opera-

tion of the air conditioning unit below the normal operat-

ing range. On units equipped with this switch, sequence

of operation during a cooling call is modified when

outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating

range.

The switch will interrupt the operation of the outdoor

cooling fan when the temperature of the liquid line

coming in from the outdoor coil falls below 55° F. When

the temperature of the liquid line rises to 95° F, the

switch will close and the outdoor fan will resume opera-

tion.

The low ambient switch does not affect any other facet

of the operation of the unit.

To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation

for the HWC123, 183, 243, 303 models, refer to pages

2-5 to 2-9.

SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

2-38

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

#44358-2

HWC122, 182, 242, 302 Low Ambient

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)

LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD

LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY

LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD

CIRCUITS ENERGIZED

OPERATING MODE CIRCUIT

HEATING

COOLING

FAN

R-W

R-G-Y

R-G

208/230-1-60

POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS

ONLY

BLACK

BLACK

PINK

IGNITION

CONTROL TH

P. S W

VI

L1

IND

24VAC

V2

GND

ELECTRODE

CABLE

WHITE

ORN

ORN

BLUE BROWN

BLUE

BLACK

BLACK

GREEN

RED

BLACK

BLACK

GAS

VALVE

COMBUSTION

BLOWER

MANUAL

RESET

WHITE

LIMIT

SWITCH

WHITE

PRESSURE

SWITCH

NO

NC C

RED

WHITE

Y

R

W

G

THERMOSTAT

Y

R

W

G

WHITE

RED

GREEN

BLUE

YELLOW

NOTE:

IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL

WIRES ARE REPLACED,

THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE

WIRE MUST BE USED.

BLACK

CONDENSER FAN

BROWN

VIOLET

CAPACITOR-RUN

FAN

HERM

COM YELLOW

RED

R

C

S

RED

YEL

BRN

CAPACITOR

BLOWER BLOWER

MOTOR

SEE TABLE

FOR WIRING

SEE TABLE

BLACK

BLK

RED

BLU

BLUE

BLACK

RED

CC

R

W

G

H

L1

T1

T2

L1

L2

CONTACTOR

BLUE

RED

YELLOW

BLACK

BLACK 208V 240V

24V

TRANS-

FORMER

GREEN

WHITE

BLUE

RED

YELLOW

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

MODELS

SPEED CONNECTIONS

HEATING COOLING

26HWC122

38HWC122

38HWC182

38HWC242

51HWC182

51HWC242

51HWC302

64HWC182

64HWC242

64HWC302

LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)

LOW (RED) LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

LOW (RED)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)

MED (BLUE)

HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK)

HIGH (BLK)

*

*

*

*JUMPER REQUIRED

BLACK

BLACK

13

FAN

RELAY

FAN

CONTROL

CONNECTOR

BLOCK

BLACK

BLACK

FIGURE 2-8 Connection Diagram

Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

2-39

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

The low ambient switch is designed to allow the opera-

tion of the air conditioning unit below the normal operat-

ing range. On units equipped with this switch, sequence

of operation during a cooling call is modified when

outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating

range.

The switch will interrupt the operation of the outdoor

cooling fan when the temperature of the liquid line

coming in from the outdoor coil falls below 55° F. When

the temperature of the liquid line rises to 95° F, the

switch will close and the outdoor fan will resume opera-

tion.

The low ambient switch does not affect any other facet

of the operation of the unit.

To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation

for the HWC122, 182, 242, 302 models equipped with

the Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control, refer to

pages 2-17 to 2-20.

To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation

for the HWC122, 182, 242, 302 models equipped with

the Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control, refer to pages 2-27 to

2-30.

HWC122,182, 242, 302

Low Ambient Model

Refer to Figure 2-8

Service Reference Manual UNIT TEAR DOWN

3-1

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Section 3 - Unit Tear Down

Heating Section

Heat Exchanger Removal ............................ 3-2

Induced Draft Blower Removal ..................... 3-2

Cooling Section

Chassis Removal ........................................ 3-4

Evaporator Blower Assembly Removal .......... 3-6

3-2

UNIT TEAR DOWN Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

UNIT TEAR DOWN

HWC units are comprised of two major sections.

The heating section is located in the top half of the unit. It contains the

heat exchanger and the majority of the components associated with the

heating function: controls, burners, switches, etc.... The total heating

section is not removable as a complete unit. The heat exchanger may be

removed separately for service (see below).

The cooling section is located in the lower half of the unit. It contains

the compressor, coils and motors that make up the refrigeration system.

The cooling section is referred to as the “chassis” of the cooling system.

The chassis is removable as a complete unit. Removal of the chassis

allows service to be performed away from the job site, thus allowing a

spare chassis to be installed to reduce downtime at a residence. Bench

tests may be performed on chassis. See the Performance Test section

beginning on page 9-11 for chassis performance data of both bench

tested and installed units.

Heating Section

Heat Exchanger Removal:

The heat exchanger may be removed from the unit through the front side.

Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-1.

To remove the heat exchanger:

1. Disconnect all power to the unit.

2. Shut off and disconnect the gas supply.

3. Open the burner access panel.

4. Remove the burner tray and the gas valve.

5. Remove the front heat section panel.

6. Remove the vestibule panel.

7. Remove the heat exchanger.

Induced Draft (Combustion) Blower Removal:

Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-1.

To remove the induced draft blower:

1. Disconnect all power to the unit.

2. Shut off and disconnect the gas supply.

3. Remove the plate mounting screws.

4. Slide the induced draft blower out.

Service Reference Manual UNIT TEAR DOWN

3-3

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Figure 3-1

INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER/

COMBUSTION BLOWER

HEATING SECTION

CONTROL SECTION

COOLING SECTION

HEAT EXCHANGER

VESTIBULE PANEL

BURNER ACCESS PANEL

FILTER ACCESS DOOR

PLATE MOUNTING

SCREWS

BURNER TRAY

GAS VALVE

FRONT HEAT

SECTION PANEL

3-4

UNIT TEAR DOWN Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

FILLER PANEL

HOLD DOWN

SCREWS

L1/L2 WIRES

6-PIN

LOW VOLTAGE

MOLEX PLUG

RIGHT SIDE

CHASSIS SCREW

Figure 3-2

Cooling Section

Chassis Removal:

The cooling chassis may be removed from behind the filter access door.

Refer to the following directions and Figures 3-1 to 3-4.

To remove the cooling chassis:

1. Disconnect all power to the unit.

2. Shut off and disconnect the gas supply.

3. Remove the filter access door (Figure 3-1).

4. Disconnect L1 and L2 from the compressor contactor (Figure 3-2).

5. Disconnect the 6-pin low voltage molex plug (Figure 3-2).

6. Remove the filler panel by removing the four hold down screws

(Figure 3-2).

7. Remove the right side chassis screw (Figure 3-2).

8. Remove the permagum seal on the base rails of the chassis (Figure

3-4).

9. Disconnect the drain tube from the evaporator drain pan (Figure 3-3).

10. Remove the chassis from the front of the unit, pulling it toward

yourself (Figure 3-4).

Service Reference Manual UNIT TEAR DOWN

3-5

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR

COMPRESSOR

EVAPORATOR DRAIN PAN

EVAPORATOR

EVAPORATOR DRAIN

TUBE CONNECTION

Figure 3-3

LOW VOLTAGE

MOLEX PLUG

PERMAGUM SEAL

EVAPORATOR DRAIN

TUBE CONNECTION

DRAIN HOSE (NOT PICTURED)

ARMSTRONG P/N 03613A001

17" LONG

.63" (5/8") I.D.

.13" WALL THICKNESS

CHASSIS SHOWN

PARTIALLY REMOVED

Figure 3-4

3-6

UNIT TEAR DOWN Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

R

OT

A

T

I

O

N

MOUNTING SCREWS

EVAPORATOR BLOWER

ASSEMBLY

CONTROL PANEL

SCREWS

CHASSIS BASE

PERMAGUM SEAL

(BETWEEN BASE RAIL AND CHASSIS BASE)

Figure 3-5

Evaporator Blower Assembly Removal:

The evaporator blower assembly is removable as one complete section.

To remove the assembly, the chassis must be removed first (see page 3-

4). Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-5.

To remove the evaporator blower assembly:

1. Remove the four mounting screws from the blower assembly.

2. Remove the four control panel screws.

3. Slide control panel toward yourself about 1".

4. Disconnect the electrical wiring to the motor.

5. Pull blower assembly up and out from chassis.

4-1

Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Section 4 - Component Location

Illustrations

HW/HWC(3) Unit ................................. 4-2

HW/HWC(2) Unit ................................. 4-3

HW/HWC - Panels................................ 4-4

HW/HWC - Exterior Louver/Grill Panel .. 4-5

HWC Chassis Assembly ........................ 4-6

HWC Chassis Assembly - Top View ......... 4-7

HWC Chassis Assembly -

Circulating Air Blower Partially Removed 4-8

4-2

COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HW/HWC123,183,243,303

FIGURE 4-1

IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL BOARD (*24)

UNITED TECHNOLOGIES 1097-83-400A/1097-400-I

ARMSTRONG P/N 44990-001

(DSI)*

MAIN LIMIT SWITCH (*52)

ARMSTRONG P/N 40154B007

GAS VALVE

HONEYWELL VR8105M8202

ARMSTRONG P/N 44987-001

PRESSURE SWITCH (*57)

BURNER TRAY

HEATING SECTION

CONTROL SECTION

COOLING SECTION

* SEE COMPONENT SECTION FOR FURTHER

DETAIL OF IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL

The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These num-

bers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.

4-3

Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HW/HWC122, 182, 242, 302

FENWAL IGNITION CONTROL - 2 MODELS (*24)

FENWAL TRITON 2461D 900-227 - ARMSTRONG P/N 43110-002

FENWAL 05-29 - ARMSTRONG P/N 39048B001

(SEE NOTE BELOW)

FLUE BOX

MAIN LIMIT

SWITCH (*52) INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER/

COMBUSTION BLOWER (*63)

ARMSTRONG P/N 41144-001

GAS VALVE (*7)

WHITE RODGERS 25K49-120

ARMSTRONG P/N 43108-001

COMBUSTION AIR INLET (5")

BURNER COVER

BURNER TRAY ASSEMBLY

BECKETT BURNER MODELS:

TL109A-26K

TL109B-38K

TL109C-51K

TL109D-64K

FLAME ROLLOUT SWITCH (*55)

PRESSURE SWITCH (*57)

INDIVIDUAL BURNERS (*34)

BECKETT - ARMSTRONG P/N 41948-001

ARMSTRONG - ARMSTRONG P/N 39006B001

HEATING SECTION

CONTROL SECTION

COOLING SECTION

SEE COMPONENT SECTION FOR FURTHER

DETAIL OF IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL MODELS

NOTE:

FIGURE 4-2

The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These num-

bers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.

4-4

COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

SIDE PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 38769D001

HEAT EXCHANGER ACCESS PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 38782D001

TOP PANEL ASSEMBLY

ARMSTRONG P/N 03455D007

INSPECTION WINDOW

ARMSTRONG P/N 38092A002

UPPER LOUVER PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 03545C000

LOWER GRILL

PANEL

ARMSTRONG

P/N 03551D100

DOOR HANDLE

ARMSTRONG

P/N 37701B001

SIDE PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 38769D002

HEATING COMPARTMENT DOOR

ARMSTRONG P/N 38987B004

COOLING CONTROL

ACCESS PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 03938C004

FILTER ACCESS DOOR

ARMSTRONG P/N 38785D001

(FILTER - 16.5" x 25" x .50"

ARMSTRONG P/N 06131B046)

UNIT BASE SECTION*

ARMSTRONG P/N 38771D101

UNIT BASE SECTION*

ARMSTRONG P/N 34805B003

* THE BASE PAN ASSEMBLY CONSISTS OF 2 SECTIONS

HW/HWC - Panels

Note: Panels and other associated parts found in the drawing above are not listed in the Parts List section that

begins on page 8-1.

FIGURE 4-3

4-5

Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HW/HWC Exterior Louver/Grill Panel

CONDENSER

AIR FLOW

OUTLET

EXTERIOR UPPER LOUVER PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 03545C000

EXTERIOR LOWER GRILL PANEL

ARMSTRONG P/N 03551D100

CONDENSER

AIR FLOW

INLET

SIDE VIEW

LOUVERS POINT UPWARD

AT 45° ANGLE

GRILL IS FLAT WITH

RECTANGULAR OPENINGS

FIGURE 4-4

Note: Panels found in the drawing above are not listed in the Parts List section that begins on page 8-1.

4-6

COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HWC Chassis Assembly

EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR (*69)

COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR (*278)

ARMSTRONG P/N 03575C001

CONDENSING FAN SHROUD

CONDENSER FAN (*267, 268)

CONDENSING COIL (*250)

CAPILLARY TUBE

METERING DEVICE (*256)

FILTER DRIER/DISTRIBUTOR (*301)

(12) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B001

(18-24) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B002

(30) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B003

SUCTION LINE/PORT

DISCHARGE LINE/PORT

COMPRESSOR (*262)

FILTER RETAINER

ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001

EVAPORATOR DRAIN PAN

ARMSTRONG P/N 38918B001

EVAPORATOR (*255)

FILTER STOP

ARMSTRONG P/N 38073BOO1

FILTER SIZE 16.5" X 25.5" X .5"

LOW VOLTAGE

CONTROL TRANSFORMER (*1)

ARMSTRONG P/N 39370B001

BLOWER CONTROL BOARD (*5)

ARMSTRONG P/N 39029B002

FILTER RETAINER

ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001

CONDENSING FAN

CAPACITOR (*271)

COMPRESSOR CAPACITOR (*271)

FIGURE 4-5

The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These num-

bers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.

4-7

Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

SEE FIGURE 4-7 FOR

CIRCULATING AIR BLOWER

COMPONENTS

CONDENSER MOTOR (*267)

(12-18) ARMSTRONG P/N 41282-001

(24-30) ARMSTRONG P/N 41254-001

CONDENSER FAN MOTOR BRACKET (*269)

ARMSTRONG P/N 03982D004

FAN SHROUD

FAN BLADE (*268)

(12-18) ARMSTRONG P/N 39085B001 (3 BLADE/24° PITCH/18”)

(24-30) ARMSTRONG P/N 39062B001 (5 BLADE/26° PITCH/18”)

FIGURE 3-7 TOP VIEW — HWC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

FIGURE 4-6

HWC Chassis Assembly - Top View

The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These num-

bers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.

4-8

COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

BLOWER WHEEL (*73)

ARMSTRONG P/N 34833B001

10.75" x 4"

CIRCULATING AIR BLOWER MOTOR (*69)

(12) ARMSTRONG P/N 39045B001

(24-30) 39046B001

MOTOR MOUNTING BRACKET (*71, 72)

BAND - ARMSTRONG P/N 07407B000 (1)

ARMS - ARMSTRONG P/N 07408B004 (3)

BLOWER HOUSING (*74)

ARMSTRONG P/N 39010B001

SEE FIGURE 4-6

FOR FAN CONDENSING

PARTS

FILTER RETAINER

ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001

FILTER STOP

ARMSTRONG P/N 38703B001

FILTER RETAINER

ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001

EVAPORATOR DRAIN

TUBE CONNECTION

.63" (5/8")*

FILTER (*127) SIZE

16.5" x 25" x .50"

ARMSTRONG P/N 06131B046

NOTE:

WHEN USING A REPLACEMENT FILTER WITH

A MANUFACTURED FRAME, THE DIMENSIONS

MAY NEED TO BE REDUCED FOR PROPER FIT.

TAKE AND RECORD MEASUREMENTS FOR

PROPER FIT.

R

OT

A

T

I

O

N

REQUIRES DRAIN HOSE

ARMSTRONG P/N 03613A001 (NOT SHOWN)

(5/8") I.D.

*

HWC Chassis Assembly -

Circulating Air Blower Partially Removed

FIGURE 4-7

The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These num-

bers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-1

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Section 5 - Unit Components

Transformer ........................................ 5-3

Gas Valves........................................... 5-4

White-Rodgers 25K49 ................................ 5-4

Honeywell 8105 ......................................... 5-5

Blower Control Boards ......................... 5-6

United Technologies Model 1010-611 .......... 5-6

Heatcraft Model IBC-H4C401 ..................... 5-7

Ignition Controls .................................. 5-8

Fenwal Triton 2461D.................................. 5-8

Fenwal 05-29 DSI .................................... 5-10

Integrated Blower/Ignition Controls .... 5-11

Induced Draft Blower.......................... 5-14

Burners............................................. 5-15

Manifold Orifices ................................ 5-17

Contactor .......................................... 5-18

Main (High) Limit Switch ..................... 5-19

Flame Rollout Switch .......................... 5-20

Pressure Switch ................................ 5-21

Pressure Switch Problems ........................ 5-23

Checking Pressure Switch Operation.......... 5-24

Compressors ..................................... 5-28

Tecumseh ................................................ 5-30

Copeland ................................................. 5-32

Drier-Filters....................................... 5-34

5-2

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HWC Capillary Tubes .......................... 5-35

Capacitors ......................................... 5-39

Evaporator Blower Motor ................... 5-40

Condenser Fan Motor ......................... 5-40

Capacitors-Run .................................. 5-41

Fan Blades......................................... 5-42

Exterior Grill Panels ........................... 5-44

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-3

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Unit Components

This section provides a brief description of the most important compo-

nents within the Magic-Pak HW/HWC units. The information presented

here is not intended to take the place of the instructions and printed

literature packed with each component by the original manufacturer. The

section number for each component is listed in parentheses following the

component name. This number refers to the section number assigned to

each part in the Parts List section beginning on page 8-1.

Transformer (*1)

The transformer supplies 24 VAC from its secondary winding to operate

the blower control board, gas valve and ignition control depending on the

particular model. Transformers are typically rated at 40 VA, 50/60 Hz.

Note: Secondary leads may exit from top of transformer.

240V

COM

208V

208/240 VAC

Primary

24 VAC

Secondary

.25 x .032

Quick Connect

Terminals

""

.19 x .020

Quick Connect

Terminals

""

.188 Diameter Holes"

FIGURE 5-1 24-volt Transformer (Typical Configuration)

Transformer Specifications

Manufacturer: Basler Electric

Model: 31264-GEK

Armstrong P/N 39370B001

Primary: 208/240V

Secondary: 24V

Rating: 40VA

Dimensions: 2.28" W x 1.94" H x 3.12" D

Base - 3.25" W (2.81" between I.D. of holes)

5-4

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Gas Valves (*7)

Gas Valve Specifications

Manufacturer: White-Rodgers

Model: 25K49-120

Armstrong P/N 43108-001

Dimensions: 1.97" W x 5.31" L

Nominal Operating Currents: 25VAC/60Hz/.5A

Regulator set at 3.50 +/– .02” W.C. at 55.6 cubic Ft./Hr of air at

standard conditions (with valve in vertical position, inlet up).

3/8 - 18 N.P.T."

Inlet

Pipe Plug

1/8 - 27 N.P.T."

3/8 - 18 N.P.T.

Out

"

let

FIGURE 5-2 White-Rodgers Gas Valve

White-Rodgers 25K49-120

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-5

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Honeywell 8105 Series

Gas Valve Specifications

Manufacturer: Honeywell

Model: VR8105M8202

Armstrong P/N 44987-001

Dimensions: 2.70" W x 4.75" L

Nominal Operating Currents: 25VAC/60Hz/.5A

Regulator Setting: 3.50 +/– .3" W.C.

Pipe Size: .50" Inlet x .375" Outlet

Valve Amp Draw: .5 A

1" Drop Capacity: 85,000 Btuh

Max. Regulator Capacity: 120,000 Btuh

Temperature Rating: – 40°F to +175°F

FIGURE 5-3 Honeywell Gas Valve

Main Valve Terminal (Hot)

Main Valve Common Terminal

FLOW

OFF

ON

1/8 NPT Inlet Pressure Tap"

Reference Tube Vent

Manifold Pressure Adjustment

FLOW

On/Off Switch

1/8 NPT Outlet Pressure Tap"

5-6

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Blower Control Boards (*5)

A separate blower control board is used in the Magic-Pak HW/HWC

models that do not use integrated ignition/blower control boards. Blower

control boards from two different manufacturers are used in these HW

and HWC units. The two blower control boards are explained in detail in

the following pages.

United Technologies Model 1010-611

9840A

R

W

G

C

L1

M1

M2

HEAT

COOL

39029B002

1010-83-611A

24VAC Power

24VAC Heat Call

24VAC Common

L1 Line Voltage

Cool Speed

L1 Power Out

Heat Speed

L1 Power Out

Dumb Terminals

(Park)

24VAC

Fan Call (Fan On)

Cooling Call (Fan Auto)

Blower Control Board Specifications

Manufacturer: United Technologies

Model: 1010-611

Armstrong P/N 39029B002

Operating Voltage: 18-30VAC 60 Hz

60 Hz Power Requirement: 4 VA max.

Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +170°F

Wiring Connections: All Male .250" x .032" Quick Connect Tabs

Performance Specifications (all timings +/– 1 second):

Heating: On Delay Timing - 60 seconds

Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds

Cooling: On Delay Timing - 15 seconds

Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds

Heating and Cooling Output Rating:

12 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 120VAC for 100,000 Cycles

10 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 240VAC for 100,000 Cycles

Both heat and cool outputs cannot be energized simultaneously.

FIGURE 5-4 United Technologies Blower Control Board 1010-611

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-7

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Heatcraft Model IBC-H4C401

Blower Control Board Specifications

Manufacturer: United Technologies

Model: 1010-611

Armstrong P/N 39029B002

Operating Voltage: 18-30VAC 60 Hz

60 Hz Power Requirement: 4 VA max.

Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +170°F

Wiring Connections: All Male .250" x .032" Quick Connect Tabs

Performance Specifications (all timings +/– 1 second):

Heating: On Delay Timing - 60 seconds

Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds

Cooling: On Delay Timing - 15 seconds

Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds

Heating and Cooling Output Rating:

12 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 120VAC for 100,000 Cycles

10 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 240VAC for 100,000 Cycles

Both heat and cool outputs cannot be energized simultaneously.

HEATCRAFT

M2

COOL

HEAT

WCRG

L1

M1

39029B002

L1 Line Voltage

Heat Speed

L1 Power Out

Cool Speed

L1 Power Out

Dumb Terminal

(Park)

Dumb Terminal

(Park)

24 VAC Heat Call

24 VAC Common 24 VAC Power

24 VAC (Fan On/Cooling Fan Auto)

FIGURE 5-5 Heatcraft Blower Control Board IBC-H4C401

5-8

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Ignition Controls (*24)

FENWAL

®

¨

V2

GND

FC-

CAUTION: HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT WIRING BEFORE SERVICING

FC+

24

VAC

L1

IND V1 PSW TH

Fenwal Triton 2461D

Ignition Control Specifications

Manufacturer: Fenwal

Model: Triton 2461D

Armstrong P/N 43110-002

Pre-purge: 30 seconds

Ignition: 15 seconds

Input: 24VAC, 50/60 Hz 300 mA

Valve: 24VAC, 2.0 A max.

Inducer: 120VAC, 3.0 A or 240VAC, 1.5 A, 1/4 HP

Ambient: – 40°F to +160°F

ANSI Z21.20-1993 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 199-M89

FIGURE 5-6 Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-9

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Diagnostics (Fenwal Triton 2461D)

1. Diagnostic LED flash rate is 1/4 second “ON”, 1/4 second “OFF”

followed by up to four seconds “OFF” before repeating the code.

2. Only one code is displayed at a time.

3. During a “STEADY ON” code, the LED may blink off momentarily.

4. Diagnostic codes may be reset by removing the power from the

control for three seconds, then reapplying power. (Cycle thermostat

“OFF” for three seconds, then back “ON”.)

The following ignition control board LED codes indicate normal or

abnormal operations:

TABLE 5-1 Triton 2461D Diagnostic Flash Code

NOYDAETS

otderewopsilortnocehtemithcaeputratstasdnocesruofotpurofdesusiedocsihT eht,detcetedsimelborpafI.kcehccitsongaidflesagnimrofrepsilortnocehttahtetacidni nosiDELfI.sdnocesytnewtslauqehcihwsemiteviffolatotaroftaeperlliwsisongaidfles .eruliaflortnocasetacidnisiht,sdnoces02rofydaets

HSALFENO

sihT.)WSP(tupnihctiwserusserpahtiwsledomnoylnodesU.tluafwolfrianasetacidnI .yaledemitdenimretederparetfaetatsreporpmiehtnisitupniWSPehtfiylnoevitcasiedoc ,)stcatnocdesolc(snigebtaehrofllacehtnehwderewopsawtupniWSPehtfI:elpmaxeroF lliwhsalfDELehtesiwrehtoffoogottupniWSPehtrofemitdexifawollalliwlortnoceht ehtretfaemityaleddexifanihtiwderewoptonsitupniWSPehfi,ylesrevnoC.ecnemmoc devomersitupniWSPehtfI.ecnemmoclliwhsalfDELeht,dezigrenesirotomrecudni WSPehtfI.yletaidemmievlavsagehtmorfdevomereblliwrewop,elcycgnitaehagnirud .ecnemmoclliwhsalfDELeht,emitdexifanihtiwdeilppaertonsitupnirewop

OWT

SEHSALF

saeciwthsalflliwDEL.taehrofllaconhtiwroecneuqesfotuodetcetedemalfasetacidnI .tneserpsiemalfehtsagnolsaeunitnocdnaecneuqesfotuodetcetedsiemalfsanoos siemalfnehwtiucricrecudniehtrewoposlalliwtiucriclortnocrecudninahtiwslortnoC .ecneuqesfotuodetceted

EERHT

SEHSALF

eunitnoclliwedocsihT.detelpmocneebevahseirtnoitingillaretfatuokcolnoitingisetacidnI eht,tesercitamotuaruohenohtiwdeppiuqesledomnO.sniamertaehrofllacehtsagnolsa .snigebtpmettanoitingiwenanehwpotslliwedoc

5-10

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Fenwal 05-29 DSI

G

N

D

V2 T2 S1 V1

P.

SW

L1 IND

FENWAL

®

Series 05-29 DSI

CAUTION

HIGH VOL TAGE

AUTOMATIC IGNITION SYSTEM

FIGURE 5-7 Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control

Ignition Control Specifications

Manufacturer: Fenwal

Model: 05-29 DSI

Armstrong P/N 39048B001

Relative Humidity Rating: 5 to 90% RH at 95°F

Flame Current: 3 mA min.

Spark Gap: 1/8"

Trial for Ignition: 6.8 seconds

Pre-purge: 30 seconds

Input: 24VAC from TS and P.SW to ground

Gas Valve Contacts: 24VAC, 600 mA max.

Blower Output: Relay between L1 and IND, 10 A at 250VAC

Ambient: – 40°F to +150°F

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-11

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Integrated Blower/Ignition Control (*24)

United Technologies Model 1097-400-1

The integrated control combines the actions and purposes of the indi-

vidual ignition and blower control boards found on other units. It automati-

cally monitors and controls the operation of the gas burners, gas valve,

induced draft blower and circulating blower.

The control has a built-in diagnostic function, quick gas valve shutoff and

automatic ignition retry when it detects that a fault condition has been

corrected. If a fault is detected, the controls goes into fault mode and

flashes the single LED indicator at a preset rate for that particular fault

condition. (See Diagnostic Flash Code found in Table 4-1 on page 4-8 or

Diagnostic Indicator code printed on unit label.)

UNUSED

ACB

HEAT

ACB

COOL

FLAME

24VAC

GROUND

CMB

BL WR

L1

YCWGR

FIGURE 5-8 United Technologies Model 1097 Integrated Control

Integrated Control Specifications

Manufacturer: United Technologies

Model: 1097-400-1

Armstrong P/N 44990-001

Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +175°F

Timing Tolerance: +/– 10%

Input Voltage: 18-30VAC, 50/60 Hz

Combustion Blower: 1/8 HP @ 120/240VAC

Circulating Blower: 1/2 HP @ 120VAC, 1 HP @ 240VAC

Gas Valve: 24VAC, 60 Hz, 1.0 A

5-12

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

TABLE 5-2 UTech Model 1097 Diagnostic Flash Code

United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 (cont.)

Quick Connect Terminal Descriptions

1 24VAC HOT - from Transformer

2 GROUND = 24VAC Return

4 CMB BLWR = Combustion Blower (Line Voltage)

5 L1 = Line Voltage

9 ACB COOL = Air Circulating Blower Cool Speed (Line Voltage)

10 ACB HEAT = Air Circulating Blower Heat Speed (Line Voltage)

11 UNUSED (Park)

12 FLAME = Flame Probe

Molex/Amp Plug-in Description

1 Roll-out Switch Return

2 Hi Limit Return/Pressure Switch Out

3 Gas Valve Common

4 Gas Valve Out

5 Pressure Switch Return

6 Roll-out Switch Out

Thermostat Input

R 24VAC to Thermostat (RED)

G Manual Fan Input from Thermostat (GREEN)

W Heat Demand Input from Thermostat (WHITE)

C Common Ground to Thermostat

Y Cool Demand Input from Thermostat (YELLOW)

Diagnostics (United Technologies 1097-400-1)

The following blower/ignition control board LED codes indicate normal or

abnormal operations:

HSALFWOLStaeHrofllaCoN,noitarepOlamroN

HSALFTSAFtaeHrofllaC,noitarepOlamroN

HSALF2emalFniatsuSrotceteDotdeliaF-tuokcoLmetsyS

HSALF3desolCronepOhctiwSerusserP

HSALF4nepOhctiwStuolloRrotimiLhgiH

HSALF5dezigrenEtoNevlaVsaGdnadesneSemalF

YDAETS)kcehc-fleS;eruliaFrellortnoc-orciM(eruliaFlanretnI

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-13

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 (cont.)

Heat Mode

Pre-purge 30 seconds

Inter-purge 30 seconds

Post-purge 5 seconds

Trial Time 10 seconds

# of Trials 3

Board to reset from lockout after 60 minutes.

Fan On Delay

Cool 5 seconds (fixed)

Heat 30 seconds (fixed)

Fan Off Delay

Cool 90 seconds (fixed)

Heat 120 seconds (fixed)

5-14

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Induced Draft Blower (*63)

The induced draft blower is also referred to as a “combustion” blower,

since its purpose is to establish flow of combustion air through the heat

exchanger. Mounted at the outlet of the secondary heat exchanger, the

blower establishes a negative pressure within the heat exchanger and

exhausts the flue products outside the structure.

Blower motors operate at a fixed speed.

.32 Extension Barbed Tube

for .096 (+/ .005 ) I.D.

Pressure Tap

"

"

"

FIGURE 5-9 Magnetek JBIMI37NS Induced Draft Blower

Induced Draft Blower Specifications

Manufacturer: Magnetek

Model: JBIMI37NS

Armstrong P/N 41144-001

208/240VAC, 60 Hz, Single Phase, .55 FLA, 3000 RPM, .031 HP

Rotation CW LE

Continuous Duty

Features: Ball Bearing; Stainless Steel Shaft;

Motor Grounded to Blower Housing

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-15

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Burners (*34)

The Magic-Pak HW and HWC units covered in this manual use a burner

design called the “inshot” type. No adjustment is provided for primary or

secondary air. For best operation, keep the burners clean. Use the

correct orifice size and adjust the manifold pressure for the fuel being

used and the operating altitude.

Burner Specifications

Manufacturer: Beckett Gas

Model: AR086

Armstrong P/N 41948-001

Burner Dimensions: 4.50" x 2.48"

FIGURE 5-10 Typical Burner Arrangement

Burners

Burner Carryover Gap

.025 (+/ .002 )""

5-16

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Flame Carryover Problems

During ignition, the flame must travel uninterrupted from one burner to the

rest of the burners.

Causes:

• Carryover “wing” on burner is plugged with insects or debris

• Improper gap setting on wings

• Incorrect gas pressure

The burner wing has a specified gap (typically 0.025" +/– .002"), which

must carry gas and a small flame to allow flame carryover from one

burner to the next. Check the gap settings on all burners.

Orifice

Smooth end slips

into burner

Gas Entry

Threads

into manifold

Flame Exit

.025 gap (+/ .002 )

for flame carryover

""

FIGURE 5-11 Inshot Burners

FIGURE 5-12 Burner Wing Gap

Armstrong P/N: 41948-001

Gap = .025" +/– .002"

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-17

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Manifold Orifices (*13)

Hole Diameter

FIGURE 5-13 Manifold Orifice

TABLE 5-3 Manifold Orifice Specifications

gnortsmrA

N/P

retemaiDeloH

eziSllirD

retemaiDeloH

)sehcni(

100B03093knalBknalB

200B03093150760.

300B03093255360.

400B03093355950.

500B03093450550.

600B03093160930.

700B03093250830.

800B03093360730.

900B03093440680.

010B03093745870.

110B03093550250.

210B03093655640.

310B03093560530.

410B03093460630.

510B03093730401.

610B03093140690.

710B03093040890.

810B03093340980.

910B03093245390.

5-18

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Contactor (*278)

L1 L2

T1 T2

Open Contact

Closed Contact

Low Voltage

Coil Terminals

FIGURE 5-14 Honeywell Contactor Model R8242A-1008

Contactor Specifications

Manufacturer: Honeywell

Model: R8242A-1008

Armstrong P/N 7535C001

Single-phase, Single-pole, 25 F.L.A., 125 L.R.A

Coil: 24VAC, 50/60 Hz

Line Voltage: 240/277

Coil Resistance at 70°F: 8 - 10 ohms

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-19

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Main (High) Limit Switch (*52)

A Normally Closed control that opens if abnormally high circulating air

temperatures occur. It is an automatic reset control.

Note: Several different main limit switches are used. Refer to the parts

list for the correct limit switch.

N.O. (Normally Open)

Terminal

N.C. (Normally Closed)

Terminal

Common Terminal

7"

FIGURE 5-15 Camstat Main Limit Switch

Camstat Model L59-7B-220-30

Armstrong P/N: 01150A008

Setting: 220°F

FIGURE 5-16 Main Limit Switch

3.05 (+/ .05 )""

Manufacturer P/N: INT17L-2107

Armstrong P/N: 40154B007

Open Setting: 190°F

Closed Setting: 160°F

5-20

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Flame Rollout Switch (*55)

A Normally Closed switch that opens when abnormal temperatures occur

in the burner area, caused by a restricted heat exchanger, causing main

burner flame to “roll out” into the vestibule area.

To reset the switch, push the button on top. The button is a different color

from the body.

Reset Button

FIGURE 5-17 Flame Rollout Switch

Cutout Temperature:

Marked on body of switch

Nominal Switch Contact Rating:

15 A @ 120VAC

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-21

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Pressure Switch (*57)

These are Normally Open switches that react to a difference in pressure

on an internal diaphragm. It will not allow ignition to start if the induced

draft blower cannot produce sufficient negative pressure relative to

atmospheric pressure or pressure in a sealed burner box. Its electrical

contacts will open in reaction to inadequate negative pressure resulting

from excessive venting system restriction or a failed induced draft blower,

thus providing protection from a change in safe, stable furnace operation.

The Armstrong part number is stamped on the body of the switch. A label

on the switch carries the manufacturer’s model number. Always verify the

proper switch number from the parts list.

Connect to Port on

Induced Draft Blower

Electrical Switch

Common Terminal

Normally Open

Terminal

FIGURE 5-18 Pressure Switch

Pressure Switch Specifications

Manufacturer: Tridelta Industries

Electrical Rating:

SPDT Elec. Load: 28 VA Pilot Duty @ 24VAC

3 FLA, 18 LRA @ 24VAC

SPST Elec. Load: 5 A Resistive @ 24VAC

Electrical Switch: Single Pole, Normally Open, Snap

Acting Contacts

Electrical Connectors: Common (C), Normally Open

(NO) 1/4" x .032" thick quick connect terminals

Maximum Pressure: 3" W.C.

Operating Temperature Range: – 40° to 190°F

Sample Line Connector: Negative; barb type for use with

3/16" or 1/4" I.D. tubing with .016" +/– .004" bleed hole

5-22

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

TABLE 5-4 Pressure Switches

Pressure Switch Problems

The negative pressure developed in the combustion chamber is directly

related to airflow. During furnace operation, the switch will react to

conditions that reduce airflow, such as: blocked or restricted intake

(combustion air piping), blockage of vent (flue) piping, blockage of the

condensate drain piping, plugged pressure tap ports, leaking hoses or a

failure of the induced draft blower motor.

If the pressure switch has already been replaced and problems are still

being experienced, follow the procedure, Checking Pressure Switch

Operation (found on page 5-24).

If the measured static pressure reading does not meet the switch specifi-

cations, check these items:

1. Pressure switch hose/tubing for cracks or loose connections

2. Induced draft blower wheel for corrosion or loose blades

3. Induced draft blower for tight bearings or loose inducer wheel

gnortsmrA

N/P rodneVrebmuNledoM snepOhctiwS

).C.Wsehcni(

roloC

edoC

100-26814seirtsudnIatledirT9881-A0806SF04.deR

200-26814seirtsudnIatledirT1981-A0806SF72.neerG

300-26814seirtsudnIatledirT0981-A0806SF54.etihW

100-91844seirtsudnIatledirT4162-09001SPP50.–/+52.elpruP

200-91844seirtsudnIatledirT5162-09001SPP50.–/+53.eulB

300-91844seirtsudnIatledirT6162-09001SPP50.–/+54.kniP

400-91844seirtsudnIatledirT7162-09001SPP50.–/+55.deR

500-91844seirtsudnIatledirT8162-09001SPP60.–/+06.neerG

600-91844seirtsudnIatledirT9162-09001SPP60.–/+07.etihW

700-91844seirtsudnIatledirT0262-09001SPP70.–/+08.yarG

800-91844seirtsudnIatledirT1262-09001SPP50.–/+05.deR

900-91844seirtsudnIatledirT2262-09001SPP50.–/+03.egnarO

010-91844seirtsudnIatledirT3262-09001SPP50.–/+01.wolleY

110-91844seirtsudnIatledirT4262-09001SPP50.–/+04.eulBthgiL

210-91844seirtsudnIatledirT5262-09001SPP50.–/+56.nworB

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-23

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Blocked Intake

Blocked intake is any condition that blocks or restricts the flow of intake

(combustion) air to a point where the pressure fall reaches the calibrated

open setting of the pressure switch.

Potential Causes:

• Rodents

• Spiders

• Nest building in the intake opening

• Debris or trash that has been pulled into the intake opening

Symptoms:

• Excessive negative pressure in the burner box area. The furnace

cycles on and off quite frequently, typically within 60 seconds or so.

• Inability of unit to stay on for a complete call for heat.

For a blocked intake or blocked flue, connect the incline manometer as

shown on in Figure 5-20 on page 5-27 for the specific model groups.

Never try to adjust a pressure switch or jumper the

switch to allow the furnace to operate. Doing so

could allow the furnace to operate under hazardous

conditions, potentially causing property damage,

personal injury or death.

WARNING

DO NOT try to repair a pressure switch. Use an

identical replacement. The use of an improperly

repaired or malfunctioning pressure switch could

result in property damage, personal injury or death.

WARNING

The measured static pressure reading should be compared to the pres-

sure switch specifications. If the measured static pressure meets or

exceeds the specifications and switch contacts will not transfer, check the

following items:

• Switch out of calibration

• Defective pressure switch

• Moisture in pressure switch tubing

• Incorrect switch installed

5-24

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Blocked Flue

Blocked flue is any condition that blocks or restricts the flue (vent) pipe to

a point where the pressure fall reaches the calibrated open setting of the

pressure switch.

Potential Causes:

• Rodents

• Spiders

• Nest building in the flue pipe

• Outlet screens with excessive restriction

• High wind conditions exceeding 40 mph

Symptoms:

• Low negative pressure on the induced draft (combustion) blower. The

unit cycles on and off quite frequently, typically coming back on within

60 seconds.

• Inability of unit to stay on for a complete call for heat.

Units cycling on pressure switch re-ignite sooner than a main limit switch

can reset.

Tip: With all wiring connected and unit running, use your volt meter

across the pressure switch terminals. No voltage reading = switch closed.

Voltage present = switch open.

Checking Pressure Switch Operation

It is easy to check a pressure switch as it operates within the overall

system. These test procedures make it possible to pinpoint the opening

and closing actions of the pressure switch.

Never try to adjust a pressure switch or jumper the

switch to allow the furnace to operate. Doing so

could allow the furnace to operate under hazardous

conditions, potentially causing property damage,

personal injury or death.

WARNING

DO NOT try to repair a pressure switch. Use an

identical replacement. The use of an improperly

repaired or malfunctioning pressure switch could

result in property damage, personal injury or death.

WARNING

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-25

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

What Is Needed for the Tests

• A good general-purpose incline manometer with a range of 0 - 3"

W.C. (Dwyer 1227 or equivalent).

• Use the parts list to verify that the proper pressure switch is installed

in the unit. Look for the Armstrong part number stamped on the

metal housing. A label on the housing shows the manufacturer’s

model number.

• Find the Switch Open value for the pressure switch in Table 5-4 on

page 22.

• Assorted lengths of plastic tubing and tees to make the connections

to the manometer including the following: 1/8" I.D. high temperature

silicone tubing, 1/4" I.D. vinyl tubing, 1/8" tee and 1/4" tee.

Note: For each procedure, the schematic shows the original factory

tubing with solid black lines. The tees to be installed for pressure

sampling are shown within the dashed circles.

Terminology

Terms related to pressure switch operation and incline manometer testing

are shown below in Figure 5-19.

FIGURE 5-19 Incline Manometer

0

-1"

1" 2"

3"

BA

“Negative” pressure

“Positive” pressure

“Pressure Rise”

“Pressure Fall”

5-26

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

A Word About the “Switch Closed” Value

Switch Closed is the pressure at which the contacts close as the induced

draft blower comes up to speed. It is calculated by adding – 0.1" W.C. to

the sum of the switch’s Open value and its upper tolerance.

For example, for a Armstrong P/N 44819-005 switch:

– 0.1" + (– .60" + – .06") = – 0.76" W.C.

On a system operating correctly, it is likely that the manometer reading

will go to a value that is more than enough to close the switch.

A Word About the “Switch Open” Value

Switch Open is the pressure at which the contacts open as the negative

pressure decreases (pressure fall).

Procedure for Checking Pressure Switch

1. Position the manometer so it can be watched easily during testing.

Balance and zero the manometer according to the manufacturer’s

instructions.

2. Insert a test line with tee between the pressure switch and blower.

One piece of the tubing connects the pressure switch to the fitting at

the back side of the induced draft blower housing. Connect the tee to

the manometer as shown in Figure 5-20.

Note: Always keep the pressure switch in the circuit when measuring.

Switches incorporate internal bleeds to keep moisture out of

the pressure switch line.

3. Using Table 5-4 on page 5-22 and the formula provided above,

calculate the close value for the switch being worked with.

4. Start the furnace to call for heat. Observe the manometer reading

increase (increasing pressure rise) as the induced draft blower

comes up to speed. Ignition should start at a reading that is approxi-

mately the Close value that was earlier determined for the specific

switch in Step 3.

5. With the furnace running in the full heat cycle, observe the pressure

reading. Note this reading and compare it to the Open value shown

for that switch in Table 5-4 on page 5-22.

Using Armstrong P/N 44819-005 pressure switch for an example, the

reading on pressure fall when the contacts open can be between – 0.54"

W.C. and – 0.66" W.C.

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-27

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

0

-1"

1" 2"

3"

Pressure Switch 1/8" Tee

Induced Draft Blower

BA

Incline Manometer

= Tee installed for test

purposes only

FIGURE 5-20 Incline Manometer Connection

5-28

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Compressors (*262)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

TABLE 5-5 Compressor Specifications (continued on next page)

ledoMepyTrosserpmoC rosserpmoC

ledoM

M/B

)ylnOhesmuceT(

gnortsmrA

N/P

1-321CWH)llA(yratoRhesmuceTDXE2155AKR4A-200-TE-741KR100C80093

1-381CWH)llA(gnitacorpirceRhesmuceTNXE7155FWA4A-980-TE-105WA900C52153

1-342CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoC031-VFPCK42RZ--500-11824

1-303CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoC031-VFPCK82RZ--600-11824

6-,7-,9-,11-281CWH)llA(gnitacorpirceRhesmuceTNXE7155FWA4A-980-TE-105WA900C52153

9-,11-242CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoC031-VFPCK42RZ--500-11824

1-,3-,4-,5-,8-,01-221CWH)llA(yratoRhesmuceTDXE2155AKR4A-200-TE-741KR100C80093

1-,3-,4-,5-,8-,01-242CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoCVFP1K32RZ--500C63153

9-203CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoC031-VFPCK82RZ--600-11824

2-,3-,4-,5-,8-281CWH)llA(yratoRhesmuceTDXE8155AKR4A-900-TE-332KR200C80093

1-,3-,4-,5-,8-203CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoCVFP1K82RZ--100C63153

1-281CWH)llA(llorcSdnalepoCVFP1K81RZ--400C63153

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-29

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

egatloVesahPALRARL nuR

.paC

gnortsmrA

N/P

gnidniW

R/S.seR epyTliO liO

egrahC

noitcuS

eniL

egrahcsiD

eniL

032/8021 3.62073/52200D41583A/NytisocsiV002lareniM.zo21")2/1(05.")61/5(513.

032/8021 3.84073/53400D41583A/NytisocsiV002lareniM.zo23")4/3(357.")8/3(873.

032/80212.310.95073/53400D4158371.1/54.2ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo52")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

032/80217.510.37044/53010D4158339./47.2ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo83")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

032/8021 3.84073/53400D41583A/NytisocsiV002lareniM.zo23")4/3(357.")8/3(873.

032/80212.310.95073/53400D4158371.1/54.2ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo52")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

032/8021 3.62073/52200D41583A/NytisocsiV002lareniM.zo21")2/1(05.")61/5(513.

032/80219.215.26073/03300D4158389./30.3ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo62")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

032/80217.510.37044/53010D4158339./47.2ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo83")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

032/8021 0.54073/52200D41583A/NytisocsiV002lareniM.zo21")8/5(36.")61/5(513.

032/80210.510.67073/53400D4158377./35.2ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo62")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

032/80217.010.05073/52200D4158392.1/19.4ytisocsiV002lareniM.zo42")4/3(57.")2/1(05.

5-30

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

A

B

C

D

I.D. Copper Tube

.(43 - .50"

Suction

" Deep)

.315 I.D.Copper

Tube

"

Discharge

.75 Diameter Holes"

C

SR

Manufacturer: Tecumseh

All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified.

Side View

Top View

TABLE 5-6 Tecumseh Rotary Compressor Specifications

FIGURE 5-21 Tecumseh Rotary Compressor

N/PgnortsmrA ledoMreilppuS

rebmuN

M/BreilppuS

rebmuN ABCD d'qeR.paC

CAV-FDM

liO

).zo(

100C80093DXE2155AKR4A-200-TE741KR26.0160.01005.65.8073/5221

200C80093DXE8155AKR4A-900-TE332KR05.1149.01036.87.8073/5221

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-31

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

TABLE 5-7 Tecumseh Reciprocating Compressor Specifications

Manufacturer: Tecumseh

.753"/.756" I.D.

Copper TubeSuction

12.647"

12.753”

.378"/.381" I.D. Copper TubeDischarge

7.475"

7.525"

(Between Centers of Holes)

.750 /.760 Diameter

(4 Holes)

""

9.38"

Side View

FIGURE 5-22 Tecumseh Reciprocating Compressor

gnortsmrA

N/P

ledoMreilppuS

rebmuN

M/BreilppuS

rebmuN egatloV.zH esacknarC

retaeH .A.R.L.H.P .paC

d'qeR

900C52153NXE7155FWA4A-980-TE105WA032/80206oN3.841 V073@DFM53

5-32

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Manufacturer: Copeland

A

B

CD

.500" I.D. Copper TubeDischarge

.750" I.D. Copper-Plated Steel TubeSuction

18 Ga. Thermal Protector Leads

(12.13" Long)

7.50"

(Between Centers of Holes)

.765 Diameter (4 Holes)"

FIGURE 5-23 Copeland Compressor

Side View

C

R

S

T

1

T

2

T

3

All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified.

Typical T’Box

Layout

TABLE 5-8 Copeland Compressor Specifications

gnortsmrA

N/P

ledoMreilppuS

rebmuN ABCD d'qeR.paC

CAV-DFM

100C63153VFP-1K82RZ13.41/60.4123.3159.7/27.736.9073/53

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-33

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Manufacturer: Copeland

C

S

R

T

1

T

3

T

2

9.41 /9.62""

7.50"

(Typ.)

7.50"

(Typ.)

.750 Dia.

(4 Holes)

"

A

B

C

D

.500" I.D. Copper

Discharge Fitting

.750" I.D. Copper-Plated

Steel Suction Fitting

E

FIGURE 5-24 Copeland Compressor

Side View

Top View

Top View

All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified.

TABLE 5-9 Copeland Compressor Specifications

gnortsmrA

N/P

ledoMreilppuS

rebmuN

gnitaR

zH-HP-egatloV ABCDE d'qeR.paC

CAV-DFM

500-11824031-VFP-CK42RZ06-1-032/80254.41/12.4123.3136.977.8/35.874.5073/53

600-11824031-VFP-CK82RZ06-1-032/80254.41/12.4123.3136.979.725.6073/53

5-34

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Drier-Filters (*301)

.314"

.317"

4.38" +/– .13"

1.00"

B - # Holes

A - I.D. I.D.

FIGURE 5-25 Drier-Filter

Armstrong Part Number

39059B001

39059B002

39059B003

AB

.108"

.111"

.114"

.117"

.108"

.111"

2

3

4

TABLE 5-10 Drier-Filter Specifications

reilppuSrebmuNtraPreilppuS

ocnipS1-703001

rekraP00-151230

ocnipS2-703001

rekraP00-051230

ocnipS3-703001

rekraP00-181230

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-35

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

HWC Capillary Tubes (*256)

* All part numbers provided are Armstrong part numbers.

** See page 5-34 for drier information.

*** See the figures beginning on page 5-36 for detailed drawings of the capillary tubes.

TABLE 5-11 HWC Capillary Tube Specification Tables*

sledoMreirD+.yssA**ylnOreirD***ylnOsebuT.paC .paC.dnI

ebuT

.paC

.D.I

.paC

.D.O

.paC

htgneL

#

sebuT

1-321100-17234100B95093100-76234100B20350"450.0"601.0"532

1-381200-17234200B95093200-76234520B20350"450.0"601.0"443

1-342300-17234200B95093300-76234420B20350"950.0"211.0"643

1-303100-57334300B95093100-08234,100-18234520B20350"450.0"601.0"444

01-221100-17234100B95093100-76234100B20350"450.0"601.0"532

8-ot1-221100B85093100B95093100B20193100B20350"450.0"601.0"532

9-ot1-281200B85093200B95093200B20193520B20350"450.0"601.0"443

8-ot4-242300B85093200B95093300B20193420B20350"950.0"211.0"643

11-ot9-242300-17234200B95093300-76234420B20350"950.0"211.0"643

3-ot1-203100B75093300B95093100B89293,100B30193520B20350"450.0"601.0"444

8-ot4-203100-05604300B95093100-15604,100-25604520B20350"450.0"601.0"444

9-203100-57334300B95093100-08234,100-18234520B20350"450.0"601.0"444

5-36

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

30°

.75"

.25" Rad.

I.S. Typ.

.13"

.08"

3.81"

Ref.

6.00"

11.89" Ref.

14.00"

1.00 Rad. Typ."

5302B001 - 2 Req’d

14.88"

12.77"

Ref.

1.78"

.73"

Ref.

3.500 Diameter

1Turn

2.875 Diameter Mandrel

"

"

30°

.75"

.25" Rad.

I.S. Typ.

.13"

.12"

3.50"

Ref.

5.43"

6.75" Ref.

7.25" Ref.

15.60"

.75 Rad. Typ."

5302B025 - 3 Req’d

.13"

30°

.75" .12"

12.82"

10.88"

Ref.

3.500 Diameter

1Turn

2.875 Diameter Mandrel

"

"

30°

.75"

.25" Rad.

I.S. Typ.

.13"

.12"

3.63"

Ref.

5.57"

6.50" Ref.

9.00" Ref.

17.11"

.75 Rad. Typ."

5302B024 - 3 Req’d

.13"

30°

.75" .12"

13.19"

11.25"

Ref.

4.38"

Ref.

.13" Typ.

2.500" Diameter

2 Turns

2.125" Mandrel

30°

5.46"

.75 Rad.

Typ.

"

5.25 Ref."9.00" Ref.

15.86"

4.23"

2.62"

Ref.

.75" Ref.

130°

.250" Rad.

Typ.

.75" Typ. .12"

Typ.

5302B025

2 Req’d

Notes:

• All bends 90° unless otherwise noted.

• Do not kink or flatten during forming.

• Tape tubes together with masking tape.

FIGURE 5-26 43267-001 Capillary Tubes FIGURE 5-27 43267-002 Capillary Tubes

FIGURE 5-28 43267-003 Capillary Tubes FIGURE 5-29 43280-001 Capillary Tubes

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-37

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

30°

4.25"

Ref.

6.16"

.13" Typ.

.12" Typ.

13.13" Ref.

14.74"

3.500" Diameter

1Turn

3.00" Mandrel

11.00"

Ref.

12.91"

.25" Rad. I.S. Typ.

53025B025 - 2 Req’d

.75" Typ.

.75" Rad. Typ.

10.70"

1.446 Diameter"

1.25

Tur ns

5302B025 - 2 Req’d

.750 Rad.

Typica l

"

1.28"

.50" +/– .13"

16.40"

12.22 +/ .13" "

.75"

.13"

.08"

30°

.250"

Rad. I.S.

Typica l

16.40"

1.25

Turns

5302B025 - 2 Req’d

.750" Rad.

Typical

1.28"

.50" +/– .13"

10.70"

3.196" Diameter

3.81"

2.73"

.75"

.08"

50°

.250 Rad. I.S.

Typical

"

3.688 Diameter

3 Turns

"

5302B025 -2 Req’d

2.50" .75"

.25 Rad. I.S. Typ."

.13"

.08"

30°

3.05" 3.60"

2.25"

.75"

1.55" .75" Rad.

Notes:

• All bends 90° unless otherwise noted.

• Do not kink or flatten during forming.

• Tape tubes together with masking tape.

FIGURE 5-30 43281-001 Capillary Tubes FIGURE 5-31 40651-001 Capillary Tubes

FIGURE 5-32 40652-001 Capillary Tubes FIGURE 5-33 39103B001 Capillary Tubes

5-38

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

A - Diameter

B - Turns

4.64" 6.76"

.75"

1.25"

C - D Req’d

.75" 2.79"

.13"

.25" Rad. I.S.Typ.

.08"

30° 5.42"

2.844" Diameter

3 Turns

53205B025 - 2 Req’d

7.00" 3.30"

7.43" 2.50"

.75" Rad. Typ. 1.55"

.75"

.75"

.50"

2.03"

.08"

30°

Notes:

• All bends 90° unless otherwise noted.

• Do not kink or flatten during forming.

• Tape tubes together with masking tape.

TABLE 5-12 39102B001 Specifications

FIGURE 5-34 39102B001 Capillary Tubes

FIGURE 5-35 39298B001 Capillary Tubes

N/PgnortsmrAABCD

100B20193"035.32 100B20352

200B20193"182.33 520B20353

300B20193"005.33 420B20353

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-39

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Capacitors (*271)

FIGURE 5-36 Capacitors

Dual Single

Armstrong

P/N

Rating

Volts

MFD

TABLE 5-13 Capacitor Ratings

100D415835/02073

200D415835/52073

300D415835/03073

400D415835/53073

500D415835/04073

600D415835/04044

700D415835.7/04044

800D415835.7/54044

900D415835.7/53044

010D415835/53044

110D415835/54073

210D415835.7/55044

310D415835.7/06073

410D415835.7/08073

510D415835/54044

610D415835/06073

710D415835/08073

810D415835/05073

910D415835.7/05044

020D415835/55073

120D415835/07073

220D415835/06044

5-40

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Evaporator Blower Motor -

Indoor Blower (*69)

• FLA and capacitor ratings may vary. Always check FLA and

capacitor ratings on the motor data plate.

• Motor diameter - 5.70", shaft size - .50", rotatin - CW lead end

• See parts list for correct selection of motor and capacitor.

Condenser Fan Motor -

Outdoor Motor (*267)

Notes:

TABLE 5-14 Evaporator Blower Motor Specifications

gnortsmrA

N/P

ALF

)hp/zh/v( MPR fo#

sdeepS PHroticapaC

100B54093 1.1 )1/06/032-802( 000136/1073/4

100B64093 3.2 )1/06/032-802( 021133/1073/5.7

• FLA and capacitor ratings may vary. Always check FLA and

capacitor ratings on the motor data plate.

• Motor diameter - 5.70", shaft size - .50", rotatin - CW lead end

• See parts list for correct selection of motor and capacitor.

Notes:

TABLE 5-15 Condenser Fan Motor Specifications

gnortsmrA

N/P

ALF

)hp/zh/v( MPR fo#

sdeepS PHroticapaC

100B44093 8.1 )1/06/032-802( 570114/1073/5

100B48093 9. )1/06/032-802( 570118/1073/5

100-28214 9. )1/06/032-802( 570118/1073/5

100-45214 8.1 )1/06/032-802( 570114/1073/5

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-41

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Capacitors-Run (*86)

Armstrong

P/N

Rating

Volts

MFD

TABLE 5-16 Run Capacitor Ratings

100D100434073

200D100435073

300D100436073

400D100435.7073

500D100438073

600D100438044

700D1004301073

800D100435.21073

900D1004351044

010D1004302044

110D1004352073

210D1004352044

310D1004303044

410D1004353073

510D1004353044

610D1004304073

710D1004304044

810D1004354044

420D1004351073

520D1004302073

620D1004303073

720D1004301044

820D1004302073

920D1004352073

030D1004303073

130D1004353073

230D1004304073

330D1004355044

5-42

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Fan Blades (*268)

18.00 +/ .06" "

AIR FLOW

Rotation

Diameter Bore

.5002"

.5019"

3.79 +/ .09" "

Notes:

1. 26° Pitch, 5 Blades

2. Material: 24 Ga. Galvalume

3. Set Screw: (2) 5/16"-24 x 5/8" long square head, cup point

FIGURE 5-37 Fan Blades - HWC Models 122, 182 & 123, 183

Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS

5-43

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

18.00 +/ .06" "

AIR FLOW

Rotation

Diameter Bore

.5002"

.5019"

3.59 +/ .09" "

Notes:

1. 24° Pitch, 3 Blades

2. Material: 24 Ga. Galvalume

3. Set Screw: (2) 5/16"-24 x 5/8" long square head, cup point

FIGURE 5-38 Fan Blades - HWC Models 242, 302 & 243, 303

5-44

UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 2/99

Lower Grill Panel

Armstrong P/N 03551D100

Upper Louver Panel

Armstrong P/N 03545C000

Exterior Grill Panels

(Not Listed in the Parts Lists)

Refer to the Component Location Illustrations section beginning on page

4-1 for further detail of the exterior grill panels and other panels.

FIGURE 5-39 Exterior Grill Panels

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-1

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Section 6 - Installation

Location .............................................. 6-3

Installing With Wall Sleeve.................... 6-5

Installing Without Wall Sleeve ............... 6-6

Support............................................... 6-6

Condensate Drain ................................. 6-7

Venting ............................................... 6-7

Removal of Unit from Common

Venting System .................................... 6-9

Gas Connections .................................. 6-9

Electrical Connections ........................ 6-11

Thermostat ....................................... 6-12

Supply and Return Ducts .................... 6-12

Air Filter ........................................... 6-13

Adjustments (Heating Section) ............ 6-13

Adjustments (Cooling Section) ............. 6-14

Blower .............................................. 6-14

Limit Control ..................................... 6-14

High Altitude Adjustments (U.S.) ......... 6-14

High Altitude Adjustments (Canada)..... 6-14

6-2

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Installation and Operation in Extremely

Cold Weather Areas ........................... 6-15

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-3

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Installation

Information in this section is provided for the convenience of the service

technician, for the purpose of evaluating the installation during service

and troubleshooting. It does not take the place of the complete Arm-

strong Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are shipped with

every Magic-Pak unit. If you are installing an Armstrong product and

need a copy of the Installation and Maintenance Instructions, consult the

table below and contact the Armstrong factory.

IMPORTANT:

READ THIS FIRST

Location

Magic-Pak HW/HWC units are designed and certified for through-the-wall

installations only and must not be installed in any other type of applica-

tion. The interior portions of the unit may be surrounded by a closet with

clearances to combustible material held to 0" at sides, 2" top and 1" front

and plenum. Adequate clearance must be provided to install the union

and manual shutoff valve as well as providing accessibility to the field

wiring junction box. Do not install directly on carpeting, tile or other

combustible material other than wood flooring.

Magic-Pak HW/HWC units should be installed in an outside building wall

that is clear of obstructions which might impede the free intake and

discharge of condenser air.

A building wall should be no closer to an opposite building wall than 2' for

every floor or Magic-Pak unit in a vertical array facing the wall. For

example, a one-story building with a Magic-Pak HW/HWC unit should be

a minimum of 2' from the wall facing the unit, and if the facing wall also

has a Magic-Pak unit, the two walls should be at least 4' apart.

A six-story building with six Magic-Pak units in a vertical array should be

at least 12' from the opposite building wall, and if that building wall also

contains Magic-Pak units, the building should be at least 24' apart.

Buildings taller than six stories need not exceed the separation needed

for six-story buildings.

TABLE 6-1 HW/HWC Installation and Maintenance Instructions

gnortsmrA

noitacilbuP

N/P

etaDnoitpircseD

990B2405499/2 1-)303,342,381,321(CWH)llA( draoB7901hceTU/w9-WH&

790G5209379/7 )303,342,281,221(CWH)llA( WH&5-,6-,7-,8-,9-,01-,11- draoBD1642lawneF/w

490G5209349/7 )303,342,281,221(CWH)llA( WH&1-,2-,3-,4- draoB92-50lawneF/w

6-4

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

If three or more adjacent walls form an air shaft with Magic-Pak HW/HWC

units facing each other in each wall, the separation between opposite

walls should be increased by 20%.

These “rule-of-thumb” dimensions are intended to minimize possibilities

for recirculation of condenser air, or interaction between units. However,

these numbers are not exact for every application, and other consider-

ations might suggest that the designer consult the factory about desired

alternatives.

The grille side of the unit may be flush with, or extend beyond, the face of

the exterior wall, but should not be recessed more than 2" from the face

of the building and should not be obstructed with trees, landscape materi-

als or building structure.

There is no minimum clearance required on locating the unit to an interior

corner of a building.

Due to the through-the-wall design, HW/HWC units will always have some

portion of the unit cabinet extending into the interior of the building. The

amount of cabinet exposed to the interior will depend on the wall thick-

ness and the depth the unit is installed into the wall.

Often mechanical rooms and closets are designed into the building

structure to accommodate the interior portions and duct connections.

These rooms or closets must allow ample clearance for regular service

and maintenance.

A 30" wide minimum clearance opening is required in front of the filter

access door. This will allow for easy removal of the door and replacement

of the filter. Electrical conduit, gas lines, duct work and building structures

places within this opening will complicate removal of the filter access door

that may result in a lack of proper maintenance and diminished perfor-

mance.

The cooling section of an HWC unit is built on a sliding chassis that can

only be removed through the filter access door. Any service that must be

done to the condenser section, evaporator fan or refrigeration circuit

requires removal of the chassis from the unit. Therefore, a 30" horizontal

minimum clear opening is required in front of the filter access door to

facilitate removal of the entire cooling chassis.

It is recommended that the doorway to any closet or room containing a

Magic-Pak HW/HWC unit be a minimum of 36" wide to allow some

tolerance for chassis removal and service.

If the unit is installed in a residential garage, it must be located or pro-

tected to avoid physical damage by vehicles. This unit must be installed

so that no electrical components are exposed to water.

Installing units in a relatively inaccessible location for easy chassis

removal should be avoided, if for no other reason than to keep the air filter

accessible for easy and timely cleaning by the occupants or maintenance

personnel.

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-5

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Installing With a Wall Sleeve

FIGURE 6-1 HW/HWC Installation

Refer to the installation instructions packed with the wall sleeve and

Figure 6-1 for guidance in assembly and mounting using a wall sleeve.

See also the Accessories section beginning on page 7-3 for further

details on wall sleeve installations.

Refer to page 6-6 for information concerning additional support under the

HW/HWC unit.

Make sure the gaskets attached to the sleeve are not damaged.

Seal the space between the wall sleeve and the building opening with

non-hardening caulking compound. The seal must be weathertight to

prevent entrance of moisture and water into the building.

Assure that the unit is completely seated against the gaskets on the wall

sleeve.

The sleeve is not intended as the sole support for the

unit. Additional support must be provided near the

return opening on the unit for adequate support. The

use of vibration isolation material between the unit and

the support is recommended.

CAUTION

Wall Sleeve

FLOOR

6" X 22" Minimum Opening to

Align with Return Air Opening

In Unit.

Vibration Isolating Material

Plywood

28" Min.

6-6

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Installing Without a Wall Sleeve

Refer to the following directions and Figure 6-1 on page 6-5 for guidance

in installing the unit without a wall sleeve:

1. Measure the size of the unit and provide an opening in an outside

wall that will accept the unit. Local ordinances may require a steel

lintel to support the wall above the opening. The opening must be

square in all four corners.

2. Position the unit so that the grilles on the outside face of the unit are

flush or extend beyond the face of the exterior wall, but not recessed

more than 2" from the face of the building. Provide a support

under the unit, inside the building. Make sure that the inside

support does not block the return air. The unit should be installed

level or pitched slightly to the outside of the building so that rain water

will drain away.

3. Seal the space between the unit and building opening using a non-

hardening caulking compound. The seal must be weathertight to

prevent entrance of moisture and water into the building. Make sure

the drain holes in the base are not plugged with caulking.

Support

In general, the wall sleeves will support the Magic-Pak HW/HWC units on

any wall. The wall, however, must be adequate to support the unit.

Otherwise, one must provide additional support between the unit and the

floor. The center of gravity is between the bottom return-air opening rear

flange and the wall sleeve. When additional support for the unit is desir-

able, it should be near this center of gravity and applied evenly across the

bottom of the unit through adjustable legs to the floor.

A supplementary support can be made for this purpose. It should consist

of two steel channels, 28" long, one placed under the unit and one on the

floor. They are separated by 3/4" pipe and “all-thread” rod, with nuts and

washers, to provide the adjustment pressure. Vibration-isolation blocks or

pads are also required to minimize transmission of vibration into the floor.

Even though the wall may be adequate to support the unit, experience

has shown the desirability of supplementary support to reduce the

possibility of vibration being transmitted into the wall and to other parts of

the structure.

Two 1" diameter holes are located near the front of the Magic-Pak HW/

HWC units, on either side of the return-air opening. These holes are

intended to allow a condensate drain tube to exit the return-air duct cavity

whenever a closed return duct and flexible collar are used. These

should not be used to support the unit. The sheet metal in the

cabinet in this area is not heavy enough to act as a support without

distorting and interfering with proper retention of the filter access cover.

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-7

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Condensate Drain (HWC Models)

Install the plastic drain tube (furnished) over the 5/8" O.D. fitting welded to

the center of the condensate pan. Connect the other end of the drain

tube to the open trap (see Figure 6-2). The plastic drain connection is

provided so that it may be disconnected from the permanent drain tubing

in the building in the event it becomes necessary to remove the cooling

chassis assembly.

The drain line should pitch gradually downward at least 1" per 10 feet of

horizontal run to the open drain trap.

Be certain that the plastic drain tube has free drainage and is not crimped

or flattened at any bend.

Drain Pan

Top of Drain Tube

Must be Below

Bottom of Drain Pan

Drain Tube - Pitch 1" for

every 10 ft. (Installer

Supplied)

Open Drain Trap

5/8" I.D.

Plastic Tube

(Furnished)

Return Air Duct

To Open Drain Trap

Alternative Method

FIGURE 6-2 HWC Drain Installation

Venting

The venting system is an integral part of the appliance. The

venting system must not be modified or added on to.

HW/HWC units are direct vent forced air central furnaces which draw

fresh air from outside through a combustion air opening beneath the vent

into the combustion chamber. The combustion products are then drawn

out of the heat exchanger by an exhaust fan and are forced to the out-

doors.

No special provisions are required for supplying combustion air.

The vent outlet must not be altered or extended in any way.

This appliance should be installed in a location such that the vent system

complies with the National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 or CAN/CGA-B149.1 &

.2.

6-8

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

The vent system must also terminate at least 3 feet above any forced air

inlet within 10 feet of it.

These clearances do not apply to the combustion air inlet of the appliance

because the combustion air does not enter the air of the building.

Clearance to windows applies to openable windows and not to windows

constructed only of glass with no movable parts such as picture windows.

The vent system must terminate a minimum horizontal distance of 4 feet

away from public walkways, electrical meters, regulators and relief

equipment.

The venting system is designed for proper operation under all weather

conditions and for winds up to 40 m.p.h.

Figure 6-3 shows the required clearances of direct vent to building air

inlets.

Special provisions must be made concerning the location of the vent

termination with relation to building air inlets. A building air inlet is consid-

ered to be any door, moveable window, gravity fresh air inlet or other

opening where fresh outdoor air can be brought into the building. See

Table 6-2 for the clearances required.

9"

12 min"

Direct Vent Terminal

10,000 - 50,000 Btu/hr

Direct Vent Terminal

more than 50,000 Btu/hr

12"

12" min

3min'

Less than

10'

Direct Vent

Terminal

Forced Air Inlet

FIGURE 6-3 Required Clearances for Direct Vent Terminals

TABLE 6-2 HW/HWC Installation and Maintenance Instructions

stinUecnaraelC

CWH/WH83,62sehcnI9

CWH/WH46,15sehcnI21

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-9

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Removal of Unit from Common Venting

System

When an existing furnace is removed from a common venting system

serving other appliances, the venting system is likely to be too large to

properly vent the remaining attached appliances. The following test

should be conducted with each appliance while the other appliances

connected to the common venting system are not in operation.

1. Seal any unused openings in the common venting system.

2. Visually inspect the venting system for proper size and horizontal

pitch and determine there is no blockage or restriction, leakage,

corrosion or other deficiencies which could cause an unsafe condi-

tion.

3. Insofar as is practical, close all building doors and windows between

the space in which the appliances remaining connected to the

common venting system are located and other spaces in the building.

Turn on clothes dryers and any appliance not connected to the

common venting system. Turn on exhaust fans, such as range hoods

and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at maximum speed. Do

not operate a summer exhaust fan. Close fireplace dampers.

4. Following the lighting instructions, place the unit being inspected in

operation. Adjust the thermostat so the appliance will operate

continuously.

5. Test for spillage at the draft control relief opening after five minutes of

main burner operation. Use the flame of a match or candle.

6. Follow the preceding steps for each appliance connected to the

common venting system.

7. After it has been determined that each appliance remaining con-

nected to the common venting system properly vents when tested as

outlined above, return doors, windows, exhaust fans, fireplace

dampers and any other fuel burning appliance to their previous

condition of use.

8. If improper venting is observed during any of the above tests, the

common venting system must be corrected. See National Fuel

Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (latest edition) or CAN/CGA B149.1 & .2

Canadian Installation Codes to correct improper operation of

common venting system.

Gas Connections

The gas line to the unit should be adequately sized to prevent undue

pressure drop and should never be smaller than the manual valve used.

Consult the local utility or National Fuel Gas Code for complete details on

special requirements in sizing gas piping.

The units supplied for operation with natural gas contain a gas regulator

which must be operated with inlet gas pressures specified on the rating

plate. If gas line pressure exceeds this figure, an additional high pressure

regulator must be installed to reduce this pressure.

6-10

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Low NO Insert

x

FIGURE 6-4 NOx Insert Removal

Never use a flame to check for gas leaks. Explosion

causing injury or death may occur.

WARNING

Units for operation with propane must be converted with a kit supplied by

the manufacturer and require for operation an inlet pressure of 11" W.C.

minimum and 14" W.C. maximum. A regulator is also required on the

propane tank.

When converting a low NOx unit (designated by an L in the model num-

ber) to propane, the NOx inserts must be removed. After removing

the burners, remove the screw holding each insert and pull the insert from

the combustion chamber (see Figure 6-4). The screws must be rein-

stalled in the vest panel after the inserts are removed.

The furnace must be isolated from the gas supply

piping system by closing the individual manual shutoff

valve during any pressure testing of gas supply piping

system at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig

or 14" W.C. If the piping system is to be tested at

pressures in excess of 1/2 psig, the furnace and its

individual shutoff valve must be disconnected from the

gas supply piping system. The gas valve supplied with

this furnace is rated at 1/2 psig. Any higher pressure

may rupture the pressure regulator diaphragm which

will cause over firing of the burners and improper

burner operation. This action may produce a high

concentration of carbon monoxide which can result in

asphyxiation.

WARNING

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-11

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Electrical Connections

All wiring must be done in accordance with the National Electrical

Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70 (latest edition); Canadian Electrical

Code Part 1, CSA C22.1 (latest edition); or local codes, where they

prevail. Any alteration of internal wiring will void certification and

warranty.

The rating plate indicates the operating voltage, phase, ampacity, maxi-

mum fuse size and minimum voltage. Units must never be installed

where voltage exceeds 10% over the voltage indicated on the rating plate.

Units are factory wired for a 230 volt power supply. If power

supply is 208 volts, it will be necessary to change a wire connec-

tion on unit transformer from 240 volt terminal to 208 volt termi-

nal as shown on the wiring diagram.

Failure of the compressor as a result of operation on improper

voltage voids the compressor replacement warranty.

A separate electric line with wire having a temperature rating of 60°C

should be run directly from the main supply panel to the leads in the unit.

Refer to the rating plate located on the unit for proper fuse or breaker size.

Make sure the unit is electrically grounded in accordance with local codes

or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/

NFPA No. 70 (latest edition) for installations in the U.S. or the Canadian

Electrical Code Part 1, CSA C22.1 (latest edition) for installations in

Canada.

A manual shutoff valve must be located outside the unit. The use of a

union located upstream of the controls is recommended, between the

controls and the manual shutoff valve. This will facilitate removal of

controls and manifold. See Figure 6-5 for recommended placement of the

union.

Provide a drip leg in the supply piping located exterior to the unit. Piping

must be tight and non-hardening. Pipe compound resistant to propane

must be used.

FIGURE 6-5 Gas Supply Piping

Manual Shutoff Valve w/ 1/8" NPT

plugged tapping, accessible for

test gauge connection (f supplied)ield-

Ground Joint Union (field-supplied)

Drip Leg (field-supplied)

Access Panels to

Controls and Burners

Access Panel To Filter

6-12

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

TABLE 6-3 Minimum Circuit Ampacity

See Table 6-3 and the Specifications section beginning on page 1-1 for

correct wire ampacity for the cooling chassis required, and size the wire

accordingly.

For HW (heating only units): When sizing wire, keep in mind that

an air conditioning chassis may be added in the future.

Thermostat

Install the thermostat according to the directions furnished with it. The

thermostat must be located on an inside wall where it will not be affected

by drafts, sunlight or any other heat producing appliances. Connect the

thermostat wires to the low voltage leads on top of the unit following the

wiring diagram attached to the unit. The heat anticipator setting is 0.50

Amp.

Supply and Return Ducts

Provide ducts sized sufficiently to handle the larger of the air volumes for

heating or cooling provided by the unit.

Connect the supply duct to the top of the unit using canvas connections

or other flexible connections to prevent noise transmission into the duct

system.

The supply duct should have a removable access panel. The

opening should be accessible when the furnace is installed and

should be large enough and located such that the heat exchanger

can be inspected for leaks. The cover must be attached in such a

manner as to prevent air leaks.

To connect the return duct to the system, use a straight piece of duct 22"

wide by 6" deep. Insert the duct into the return opening in the bottom of

the unit and flange the duct over the existing flanges around the opening

ledoMsissahC.glCyticapmAtiucriC.niM

A8161

A4242

A0372

1813.31

14212

1036.32

321,2213.8

381,281llorcS4.51/yratoR6.31

342,2426.81

303,2034.22

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-13

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

inside the unit. Make sure that all sides of the duct are flanged over to

permit removal of the cooling chassis if required. Use a flexible connec-

tion to attach the remainder of the return duct. The return duct should be

sealed to the unit casing and terminate outside the space containing the

furnace.

Air Filter

All indoor return air must be filtered. A permanent-type filter is furnished

with the unit, located directly behind the access panel. Removing the

panel permits access to the filter.

If an installation is made in which it is more desirable to mount the filter

exterior to the unit, in the return duct work or elsewhere, the permanent

filter can be used or replaced with a disposable filter. If a disposable filter

is used, refer to Table 6-4 when sizing the disposable filter.

TABLE 6-4 Minimum Required Surface Area for Disposable

Filters

Adjustments - Heating Section

Temperature Rise

At the time of installation, the temperature rise must be adjusted to be

within the range specified on the unit rating plate.

Pressure Regulator

The gas input must not exceed the figures shown on the rating plate. The

unit is equipped for rated inputs with manifold pressures of: 3.5" W.C. for

natural gas and 10.0" W.C. for propane.

The manifold pressure can be measured by removing the pipe plug in the

automatic gas valve. Connect a water manometer and measure the

pressure.

Only small variations in gas input may be made by adjusting the regulator.

In no case should the final manifold pressure vary more than 0.3"

W.C. for natural gas or 0.7" W.C. for propane.

rebmuNledoM)muminim(aerAretliFeziSretliFdeilppuS

321,221CWHsehcnierauqs003"05.x"5.52x"5.61

381,281CWHsehcnierauqs084"05.x"5.52x"5.61

342,242CWHsehcnierauqs084"05.x"5.52x"5.61

303,203CWHsehcnierauqs084"05.x"5.52x"5.61

WH62sehcnierauqs003"05.x"5.52x"5.61

WH83sehcnierauqs003"05.x"5.52x"5.61

WH15sehcnierauqs084"05.x"5.52x"5.61

WH46sehcnierauqs084"05.x"5.52x"5.61

6-14

INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Adjustments - Cooling Section (HWC models)

No adjustments are required or should be attempted regarding any of the

components of the cooling chassis. The chassis should be checked to

see that none of the wiring is loose or missing.

Blower

The unit contains a direct-drive, multispeed blower. The proper speeds

have been preset at the factory for heating and cooling. Refer to the

wiring diagram for recommended heating/cooling speeds for specific

models. Direct-drive blower motors are permanently lubricated and do

not require oiling.

Limit Control

A fixed-temperature limit control is provided which will shut off the gas to

the main burners if the unit is overheated for any reason. The control

must not be adjusted or relocated.

High Altitude Adjustments (U.S. Installa-

tions)

Ratings shown on the rating plate are for elevations up to 2000 feet. For

elevations above 2000 feet, ratings should be reduced at a rate of 4% for

each 1000 feet above sea level. Refer to the National Fuel Gas Code

Z223.1 (latest edition) for further explanation.

High Altitude Adjustments (Canadian Instal-

lations)

High altitude conversions may be made by the manufacturer’s authorized

representative, in accordance with the requirement of the manufacturer,

provincial or territorial authorities having jurisdiction, and in accordance

with the requirements of CAN/CGA B149.1 or B149.2 Installation Code.

A high altitude conversion kit, available from the manufacturer and

approved for this purpose, must be used (see the Accessories section

beginning on page 7-15).

To adjust the regulator, turn the adjusting screw on the regulator clock-

wise to increase pressure and input or counterclockwise to decrease

pressure and input.

For natural gas installations, check the burner rate by observing the gas

meter (making sure that all other gas appliances are turned off). The test

hand on the meter should be timed for at least one revolution. Note the

number of seconds for one revolution.

BTU/HR

INPUT

Cubic Feet Per Revolution

# Seconds Per Revolution

Heating

Value

XX

=3600

Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION

6-15

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Installation and Operation in Extremely Cold

Weather Areas

In areas where extremely cold (below – 20°F) outdoor temperatures can

be expected, some additional installation and operating precautions

should be taken. The following precautions are taken to prevent possible

vent system ice blockage that could result in safety shutdown of the

burners:

1. Adjust to the highest achievable temperature rise within the rise and

static pressure ranges specified on the rating plate. Depending on

specific model, it may be possible to change to a lower heating blower

speed tap to get a higher temperature rise. This also increases

comfort.

2. Make sure there are no leaks of outside air into the return air system.

3. Keep the outside louver grille as free as possible of any ice that may

form and obstruct the flue outlet.

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-1

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Section 7 - Accessories

HW/HWC Accessory Kit Index .............. 7-2

CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit ................................... 7-3

A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit ...................... 7-7

ALVR42 Architectural Louver Facade ............. 7-10

34961A001 Vibration Isolator ...................... 7-12

ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit ............. 7-14

AHALT390-1 High Altitude Kit ....................... 7-15

ATIMR466-1 Nuisance Blower Repair Kit........ 7-17

ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit .............. 7-18

Fenwal Triton Ignition Control Kit .................. 7-19

TL109 Burner Tray Kits ................................ 7-20

AMUFFKT494-1 Tecumseh “AW” Model

Compressor Sound Reduction Kit ................... 7-21

7-2

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Accessories

There are a number of accessories available to increase the performance

or versatility of the Armstrong Magic-Pak HW/HWC units. This section

provides a general description of each.

Note: Complete instructions are packaged with each kit or its

components and accessories. These instructions should

be read carefully prior to installation. The instructions are

intended as a general guide only, for use by qualified

personnel, and do not supersede any national or local

codes in any way.

TABLE 7-1 HW/HWC Accessory Kit Index

REBMUNTRAPNOITPIRCSEDSLEDOMTINU

932-AC*tiKeveelSllaWnwoDdekconKsledoMCWH/WHllA

1-242AtiKrotpadAeveelSllaWsledoMCWH/WHllA

24RVLA*edacaFrevuoLmunimulAdedurtxElarutcetihcrA sledoMCWH/WHllA

100A16943tiKtemmorGnIgnirpS/rotalosInoitarbiVrosserpmoC sledoMCWH/WHllA

2-983TKPLA**tiKnoisrevnoCsaG.P.LsledoMCWH/WH46,15,83,62

1-093TLAHA**tiKnoisrevnoCedutitlAhgiH sledoMCWH/WH46,15,83,62

1-664RMITAtiKriapeRnoitarepOrewolBecnasiuN sledoM2seireSCWH/WHllA

2-024TPADAtiKnoisrevnoCsissahCsledoMCWH/WHllA

100-01134tiKnoisrevnoClortnoCnoitingI sledoM2seireSCWH/WHllA

A901LTtiKylbmessAyarTrenruBCWH/WH62

B901LTtiKylbmessAyarTrenruBCWH/WH83

C901LTtiKylbmessAyarTrenruBCWH/WH15

D901LTtiKylbmessAyarTrenruBCWH/WH46

1-494TKFFUMA tiKnoitcudeRdnuoSrosserpmoCledoM'WA'hesmuceT 281CWH

* Does not apply to 121, 181, 241 and 301 (48" tall series units use sleeve CA241).

** Does not apply to 12, 18, 24 and 30 or 121, 181, 241 and 301 units.

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-3

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit

The CA-239 wall sleeve kit is designed to facilitate the installation of

Magic-Pak units by providing an accurate opening to properly accept a

Magic-Pak unit. During the construction of a building, the wall sleeve

allows for the unit to remain off-site until the construction is completed.

The wall sleeve is comprised of four assemblies (top, bottom and left and

right sides) which assemble easily to form a correctly sized rectangular

box to receive a Magic-Pak unit.

When installed and securely fastened to the supporting wall, the wall

sleeve provides easy access to the finish wall for weather sealing.

The wall sleeve must always be fastened to the supporting wall

and never to the finished wall.

Inspection of Shipment

Upon receipt of equipment, carefully inspect it for possible shipping

damage. If damage is found, it should be noted on the carrier’s freight bill.

Damage claims should be filed with the carrier immediately. Claims of

shortages should be filed with the seller within five days.

Wall Sleeve Assembly

To assemble the wall sleeve, refer to the following directions and Figure 7-

1 on page 7-4.

1. Slide top panel over side panels until retaining clips are engaged in

slotted openings.

2. Place side and top assembly down with the front flange against floor

and slide bottom panel into side panel slip strips until tabs on bottom

panels are locked in place.

3. Attach squaring braces to top and side panels using existing holes.

(Do not remove braces until wall sleeve is secured to building.)

4. Attach the support angles to top and side panels using the #8 x 3/8"

screws provided. Two sets of holes are provided in the panels for

attaching the support angles. The row of holes nearest the front of

sleeve will locate the support angles for 1" spacing and the second

set of holes will locate the angles for 3-3/4" spacing.

5. Wall sleeve must be square in opening before securing sleeve

to building. This is required to assure Magic-Pak unit will slide into

the sleeve.

6. Caulk all seams where bottom panel joins to side panels including the

front corners of bottom panel and the top of side panel slip joints.

Caulk sealing is best accomplished after the wall sleeve is assembled

but before it is placed in the wall opening.

7-4

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Top Panel

Front of

Sleeve

Support Angle - 8 Holes

Squaring

Braces

Left Side

Panel

Bottom Panel

Support Angle - 2 Sides

FIGURE 7-1 CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit Assembly

TABLE 7-2 CA-239 Parts List

Assembled Wall Sleeve Dimensions: 45" high x 29" wide x 12.5" deep

noitpircseDytitnauQ

lenaPpoT1

lenaPmottoB1

lenaPediSthgiR1

lenaPediStfeL1

ecarBgnirauqS2

wercS"4/3x"4/15

wercS"8/3x8#42

rehsaWtalF"4/15

elgnAtroppuSediS2

elgnAtroppuSpoT1

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-5

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Wall Sleeve Installation

The wall sleeve can be installed from either the inside or the outside of

the building. In any case, proper considerations must be made for final

weather sealing of the wall sleeve and the Magic-Pak unit.

Whether installing from the inside or outside of a building, the wall sleeve

may be secured to the supporting wall through the top and side support

angles or directly through the wall sleeve side panels. When securing the

wall sleeve directly through the side panels, the top and side angle

supports are often used as “stops” to assure proper alignment before final

securing of the wall sleeve is accomplished.

The top and side support angles can be adjusted to allow the unit to

protrude through the outside of the supporting wall by 1" or 3-3/4" inches.

This will also change the depth that the unit protrudes through the inside

wall. This adjustment is designed to allow for final sealing of the wall

sleeve to various finish types.

The top and side support angles can be removed altogether and the wall

sleeve secured directly through the side panels, provided that the installer

performs a proper alignment of the wall sleeve.

The further the wall sleeve is extended past the

finished wall the more difficult it becomes to accom-

plish final sealing from the inside of the building.

Adequate safety precautions must be considered to

protect personnel.

WARNING

Whether installing from the inside or the outside of the building, the wall

sleeve should extend at least 3/8" - 1" beyond the finished wall to allow for

proper weather sealing. When installing during wall construction, consid-

eration must be made to allow for final weather sealing to the type of

finish wall that will be constructed later.

Recessed Wall Sleeve Installation

In some applications, the thickness of the wall or architectural design will

dictate that the wall sleeve be recessed in the finished wall. This can be

done, but it is not recommended if the wall opening is required to be the

same size as the wall sleeve opening.

Recessed installation can be done if the wall opening is 2" larger verti-

cally than the wall sleeve. The wall sleeve may then be placed on a sill 2"

higher than the bottom of the finished wall opening.

The sill must be recessed 3/8" - 1" inside of the outer edge of the wall

sleeve. This permits weather sealing of the bottom edge without plugging

the drain holes in the bottom of the wall sleeve.

The top of the finished wall opening should extend above the top of the

wall sleeve by a dimension equal to or greater than the dimension that the

wall sleeve is recessed.

7-6

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Magic-Pak Installation

Before installing the Magic-Pak unit in the wall sleeve, it is important to

consider the possibility of sound and vibration transmission through the

wall. It is recommended that vibration isolation pads be installed evenly

spaced across the outer edge of the bottom panel of the wall sleeve. The

vibration isolator pads should be approximately 4" x 4" x 7/8" and con-

structed of one piece of cork rubber with pieces of neoprene rubber

adhered to the top and bottom.

Once the wall sleeve is properly secured to the supporting wall and the

vibration isolators are in place, the Magic-Pak unit can be slid into the wall

sleeve. The unit must be slid completely forward so that the outer edges

of the unit touch the inside flanges of the wall sleeve. The unit can then

be secured to the wall sleeve by bolting the top flange of the unit to the

top turned-down flange of the wall sleeve with 1/4" x 3/4" bolts and

washers.

Note: In applications where vibration isolation is of particular importance,

rubber grommets (Armstrong P/N 9015A) can be inserted between

the top flanges.

The wall sleeve alone is not adequate support for the full weight of the

Magic-Pak unit. Additional, field-fabricated support must be provided

between the rear flange of the return opening and the wall sleeve.

The use of vibrator isolator pads is required between the unit and the

support and between the floor and the support.

Please refer to installation instructions and application manual for details

on field-fabricated additional supports.

Weather Sealing

After assembling the wall sleeve, it is recommended that all panel con-

nections and joints be sealed with caulk to prevent water and wind

infiltration into the building.

Once the Magic-Pak is installed and secured to the wall sleeve, it is

important to seal any gaps between the wall sleeve and the unit with

caulk. This includes both sides, top and bottom. Sealing these gaps will

prevent water and wind from leaking into the building between the unit

and wall sleeve.

The outside of the wall sleeve must also be sealed with caulk on all four

sides whether it is installed recessed or protruding.

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-7

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit

The A242-1 wall sleeve adaptor kit is designed to allow for the installation

of current 43" tall HW/HWC units into 48" tall wall sleeves (CA241 wall

sleeve kits). The CA241 wall sleeve kits were designed for use with HW/

HWC121, 181, 241 and 301 units manufactured during the late 1980’s.

The HW/HWC series 1 units were approximately 48" tall.

If replacement of the wall sleeve is not feasible, use of the A-242-1

adaptor kit creates an insulated block-off panel at the top portion of the

CA241 wall sleeve.

The adaptor kit also allows for easy mounting of the HW/HWC unit to the

taller sleeve.

Whenever it is necessary to convert a CA241 wall sleeve to current unit

dimensions, use of the A242-1 adaptor kit is required.

Inspection of Shipment

Upon receipt of equipment, carefully inspect it for possible shipping

damage. If damage is found, it should be noted on the carrier’s freight bill.

Damage claims should be filed with the carrier immediately. Claims of

shortages should be filed with the seller within five days.

Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit Assembly

Once assembled, the A242-1 adaptor kit will form a rectangular box

approximately 4-7/8" tall with approximately 7/8" overlapping the front and

side of the top panel of the HW/HWC unit (see Figure 7-2 on page 7-9).

To assemble the adaptor kit:

1. Set top flanges of side and front panels on the floor or ground so that

they are resting flat. The screw holes through the side flanges of front

panel should align with the pilot holes in side panel.

2. Fasten two #8 x 1/2" screws in each side.

3. Place rear panel against the rear flanges of the side panels. The

screw holes of the rear panel should align with the pilot holes in the

side panel rear flanges.

4. The top and bottom flanges of the rear panel should be facing the

front panel. The five 1/4" pilot holes should be positioned towards the

bottom of the kit and the five oval screw holes should be positioned

towards the top of the kit.

5. Fasten two #8 x 1/2" screws at each end of the rear panel.

7-8

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Attachment to HW/HWC

After assembling the kit, it is ready to be attached to the top of the HW/

HWC unit. To attach the kit to the HW/HWC unit:

1. Remove the two front screws (each side) that fasten the top panel

side flanges to the side panels on each side of the HW/HWC unit.

2. Place the adaptor kit on top of the HW/HWC unit. The five pilot holes

positioned towards the bottom of the kit’s rear panel should align with

the five oval screw holes in the HW/HWC mounting bracket (see

Figure 7-2).

3. Fasten the five 1/4" x 3/4" screws and washers through the unit

mounting bracket to the kit pilot holes.

4. Align the kit side panel oval screw holes to the screw holes in the side

of the HW/HWC unit.

5. Re-fasten the screws that were removed in step 1.

Installing the HW/HWC Unit

After the adaptor kit is fastened to the HW/HWC unit, the unit is ready to

be slid into the wall sleeve.

The top flange of the adaptor kit is designed to overlap the top of the wall

sleeve. The five 1/4" x 3/4" mounting screws included with the wall sleeve

kit can be fastened through the top flange of the kit into the turned-down

flange of the wall sleeve.

The HW/HWC unit must be slid all the way forward so that the outer

edges of the adaptor kit and HW/HWC unit are touching the outer flanges

of the wall sleeve.

The HW/HWC unit and wall sleeve must be weather sealed according to

the wall sleeve kit instructions, unit installation instructions or unit applica-

tion manual.

For further information on installing HW/HWC units, refer to the Installa-

tion section beginning on page 6-1.

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-9

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

(2) #8 x ½" Screws

in each rear corner

(2) #8 x ½" Screws

in each side

Right Side

Front

1/4" x ¾" Screw

¼" Flat Washer

HW/HWC Unit

Rear

Left Side

Screws that are removed

and reinserted to attach adapter kit

to HW/HWC unit (both sides)

FIGURE 7-2 A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit Assembly

TABLE 7-3 A242-1 Parts List

traPytitnauQ

lenaPtnorF1

lenaPraeR1

lenaPediSthgiR1

lenaPediStfeL1

wercS"2/1x8#8

wercS"4/3x"4/15

rehsaWtalF"4/15

7-10

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

ALVR42 Architectural Aluminum Louver

Facade

In many applications, architects and installers will choose to use facades

over the front of Magic-Pak units. Often this is done to improve the

appearance of a building. Properly constructed louver facades may also

provide some degree of weather protection and sound deflection.

Louver facades can be designed by engineers and architects and inte-

grated into the building construction by contractors in the field. However

research and testing has shown that many designs may actually diminish

the performance of the Magic-Pak units and in some cases even damage

them.

For these reasons, Armstrong approved the ALVR42 architectural alumi-

num louver facade kit. The instructions provided with the kit should serve

as a general guide for installation of the kit. For guidelines on designing

louver facades, refer to the Magic-Pak Application Manual (Armstrong

P/N MPA-100).

The ALVR42 is designed to be integrated into the construction of the

finish wall or secured directly to the finish wall. Therefore, actual installa-

tion of the louvers will vary depending on the type of finish wall it is

applied to.

The ALVR42 kit is available is many different colors to match finish walls.

Color matching services are also available. For more information con-

cerning color matching, please contact your supplier or Armstrong.

Assembly

The ALVR42 kit consists of two sections of louver fins. The top section is

composed of fins angled approximately 30° upward while the bottom

section consists of fins angled approximately 30° downward (see Figure

7-3). This design allows flue gases and condenser discharge air to be

circulated away from the condenser inlet and burner compartment fresh

air intake.

There is also a sealing gasket between the two louver sections to allow

for separation of inlet and discharge air when the louver is secured

directly to the front of the unit. When the louver is secured away from the

unit, a separation bracket sealed to the unit and then to the louver kit

must be field-fabricated and installed.

The ALVR42 louver is 45" tall to accommodate proper drainage of the unit

and wall sleeve and proper discharge of condenser air and flue gases.

Installation

The ALVR42 is designed to be fastened to the finish wall, support wall or

wall sleeve using field-supplied materials and techniques.

Whenever installing a louver facade of any type, special considerations

must be made for proper drainage and air circulation. The drain holes of

the wall sleeve and the unit must never be obstructed.

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-11

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

The louver will fit directly against the front of the unit. However, the lower

lip of the unit will protrude into the louver. The louver must be positioned

to accommodate the protruding lower lip.

The louver must be caulk sealed on all four sides and field-supplied

flashing should be installed across the bottom of the louver. This will

prevent water runoff directly onto the finish wall.

FIGURE 7-3 ALVR Architectural Aluminum Extended Louver

13.831" 13.831"

28.875"

1.225"

Ty p.

.500" x .375" x 28.875"

Polyether Gasket

1.225"

Ty p.

.775"

Ty p.

45.000"

Gasket

7-12

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

34961A001 Compressor Vibration Isolator

Kit

The 34961A001 spring/grommet kit is designed to isolate vibrations

common to most compressors away from the base of Magic-Pak units

and building walls.

Some types of wall construction will be especially susceptible to vibration

transmissions. In these instances, installers and building designers must

make special considerations for isolating vibration.

Designing and constructing walls and wall openings in a particular

manner to isolate vibration transmission is the recommended procedure

for dealing with these instances. However, if further vibration isolation is

necessary, the 34961A001 compressor vibration isolator kit should be

used.

For instructions and recommendations on designing and constructing

walls and wall openings, refer to the Magic-Pak Application Manual.

Installation

The Magic-Pak cooling chassis must be removed from the cabinet to

perform the following installation procedures. Refer to the Chassis

Removal section beginning on page 3-4 for instructions on proper chassis

removal.

To install the 34961A001 kit:

1. Remove the factory-installed compressor mounting leg bolts from the

base of the compressor.

2. Lift the compressor of the base of the chassis by inserting a large

screwdriver or pry bar under the belly of the compressor.

3. Support the compressor by sliding a 3/4" to 1-1/4" thick wooden block

or suitable material underneath the compressor belly.

The copper refrigerant tubing connected to the compressor will

have some free movement. However, be careful not to kink or

damage the tubing. Loss of refrigerant or lack of proper unit

performance may result.

4. Remove the factory-installed rubber grommets from the compressor

mounting legs.

5. Install the top rubber spacer in the compressor mounting legs.

6. Insert the bottom rubber spacer into the bottom of the spring and

slide the spring between the upper spacer and chassis base.

7. Insert the metal sleeve through the top of the upper spacer, spring

and lower spacer.

8. Re-install the bolts removed in step 1.

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-13

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Use of spray lubricant or liquid soap will aid in the installation of rubber

parts.

Compressor belly is rounded and can be “rocked” on the belly support. It

is easiest to install one spring grommet at a time. Start with the most

difficult to access compressor mounting leg and work in a crisscross

pattern from back to front.

Compressor mounting bolts should be tightened down so that the metal

sleeve is secured fast to the chassis base and bolt head. Before securing

the final bolt, make sure that the wooden block or material supporting the

belly of the compressor has been removed.

TABLE 7-4 34961A001 Parts List

traPytitnauQ

recapSrebbuRreppU4

recapSrebbuRrewoL4

gnirpS4

eveelSlateM4

7-14

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit

The ALPKT389-2 kit contains the following parts to convert the 26, 38, 51

and 64HW/HWC series gas furnace from natural gas to propane gas. For

altitudes from 2000 - 4500 feet, a high altitude kit as supplied by the

manufacturer must be used (see page 7-15).

Although the equipment is suitable for operation with propane gas (after

the conversion kit has been installed), certain precautions must be

observed because of the distinct burning characteristics of propane gas.

The following problems may be encountered:

1. Burning back at the orifices with a loud roar

2. Loud popping upon extinction of the burner

3. Flame rollout at the time of the ignition

These problems can be caused by:

1. Low gas pressure

2. Improper air adjustment

3. Incorrect burning rate

The furnace has a regulator in the gas valve. A regulator is also required

on the propane tank. Another regulator may be required at the house or

the unit.

The minimum permissible gas supply pressure to the furnace is 11" W.C.

for the purpose of input adjustment. The maximum permissible gas

pressure to the gas valve is 14" W.C.

TABLE 7-5 ALPKT389-2 Parts List

traPytitnauQ

etalPnoisrevnoC1

lebaLnoisrevnoCsaG1

lebaLtnemtsujdArettuhSriA1

snoitcurtsnInoitallatsnI1

evlaVsaGK52sregdoR-etihWroftiKretpadA1

secifirOrenruBniaM56#3

secifirOrenruBniaM46#4

secifirOrenruBniaM26#6

lebaLnoisrevnoCevlaVsaG1

ledoMeziSecifirOenaporP

CWH/WH6256#

CWH/WH8346#

CWH/WH1526#

CWH/WH4626#

TABLE 7-6 ALPKT389-2 Orifices

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-15

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

AHALT390-1 High Altitude Kit

The AHALT390-1 kit contains the following parts to convert the 26, 38, 51

and 64HW/HWC series units to high altitude for natural or propane gas. If

the field conversion is for high altitude propane gas, be sure to install the

appropriate gas valve conversion kit (see page 7-14).

Regulator - Natural Gas

The minimum permissible gas supply pressure is 5.0" W.C. for purpose of

input adjustment. Gas input must never exceed the input capacity shown

on the rating plate. The furnace is equipped for rated inputs with manifold

pressure of 3.5" W.C. for natural gas. Only small variations in gas input

may be made by adjusting the regulator. In no case should the final

manifold pressure vary more than 0.3" W.C. from the specified pressure.

To check this pressure:

1. Turn off the gas valve.

2. Remove the plug on the valve marked “OUTLET PRESSURE”.

3. Install a water manometer.

Turn gas valve “ON”. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, remove cap

from pressure regulator and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase

pressure, counterclockwise to reduce pressure. After checking pressure,

turn gas off, remove the manometer fitting and replace the pipe plug and

regulator cap. Put furnace in operation and leak check plug for leaks

using a soapy solution.

Check the furnace rate by observing the gas meter, when available,

making sure all other gas appliances are turned off. The test hand on the

meter should be timed for at least one revolution. Note the number of

seconds for one revolution.

TABLE 7-7 AHALT390-1 Parts List

traPytitnauQ

snoitcurtsnInoitallatsnI1

etalPnoisrevnoCedutitlAhgiH1

lebaLtnemtsujdArettuhSriA1

)saGlarutaN(55#secifirOrenruB3

)saGlarutaN(45#secifirOrenruB5

)saGlarutaN(35#secifirOrenruB6

)saGenaporP(56#secifirOrenruB3

)saGenaporP(46#secifirOrenruB4

)saGenaporP(36#secifirOrenruB6

7-16

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

x 3600 x

=Cubic Feet Per RevolutionBTU/HR

INPUT # Seconds Per Revolution Heating

Value

The heating value of your gas can be obtained from your local utility.

With proper manifold pressure achieved, cycle main burners on and off.

Ignition and extinction should be smooth and quiet. Burning back at the

orifice or flame popping back to the orifice can be corrected by adjusting

the air shutter to soften the flame.

Regulator - Propane

The furnace has a regulator in the gas valve. A regulator is also required

on the propane tank. Another regulator may be required at the house or

the unit.

The minimum permissible gas supply pressure to the furnace is 11" W.C.

for the purpose of input adjustment.

If at any time ignition is slow and the burner does not seem to be operat-

ing correctly, check manifold pressure. It should be between 10" to 10.5"

W.C.

The furnace is designed to obtain rated input at 10.0" W.C.

To check this pressure:

1. Turn off the gas valve.

2. Remove the plug on the valve.

3. Install a water manometer.

Turn gas valve “ON”. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, remove cap

from pressure regulator and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase

pressure, counterclockwise to reduce pressure. After checking pressure,

turn gas off, remove the manometer fitting and replace the pipe plug and

regulator cap. Put furnace in operation and leak check plug for leaks

using a soapy solution.

With proper manifold pressure achieved, cycle main burners on and off.

Ignition and extinction should be smooth and quiet. Burning back at the

orifice or flame popping back to the orifice can be corrected by adjusting

the air shutter to soften the flame.

Model

Size

Normal

Input

Btuh

High

Altitude

Input

Btuh

High

Altitude

Output

Btuh

Orifice Size

Natural Propane

TABLE 7-8 AHALT390-1 Orifices

CWH/WH62000,62004,32000,815556

CWH/WH83000,83002,42000,724546

CWH/WH15000,15009,54000,634536

CWH/WH46000,46006,75000,543536

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-17

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

ATIMR466-1 Short Cycle Protector Kit

The ATIMR466-1 Short Cycle Protector Kit helps guard against compres-

sor failure due to repeated, short interval on/off cycles. It is also referred

to as the Nuisance Blower Operation Repair Kit.

The kit is designed to be used in conjunction with matching air conditioner

or heat pumps for comfort cooling/heating applications as shown in the

Armstrong specification information.

FIGURE 7-4 ATIMR466-1 Kit Wiring

TABLE 7-9 ATIMR466-1 Parts List

Time Delay

Relay

T’stat Common Load

Contactor

Coil

C

Y

Yellow

Blue

High Pressure

Cutout

(If Used)

Discharge

Thermostat

(If Used)

Discharge

Thermostat

(If Used)

Low Voltage Leads

to Contactor Coil

from Thermostat

traPytitnauQ

yaleRyaleDemiT1

renetsaF1

seriW3

snoitcurtsnInoitallatsnI1

7-18

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit

The ADAPT420-2 kit was designed to retrofit an HWC122, 182, 242 or

302 chassis onto a cabinet originally equipped with an HWC12, 18, 24 or

30 chassis. This kit cannot be used to replace an HWC181, 241 or 301.

When replacing the old chassis, the new chassis must have the same

nominal cooling capacity. If the nominal cooing capacity of the new

chassis is larger than the original, both the appliance internal line voltage

wire and the field wiring must be checked for proper size. The fuse

and/or breaker size must also be checked.

TABLE 7-10 ADAPT420-2 Parts List

traPytitnauQ

snoitcurtsnInoitallatsnI1

lenaPrelliF1

lenaPraeRretneC

)troppuSlenaPsseccAretliF( 1

)sehcni21(epaTgnilaeSmaoF1

slebaLmargaiDgniriW2

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-19

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Fenwal Triton Ignition Control Kit

This kit enables the Fenwal “Triton” local sense, one-hour retry, direct

spark ignition (DSI) control to be used as a service parts replacement for

earlier versions of Fenwal DSI controls used on HW/HWC models.

The operation and features of this ignition control differ from the other

types of DSI controls used. These features include:

• Longer trial for ignition (15 seconds nominal).

• One-hour retry feature (if main burner operation is not proved after

three trials for ignition, control goes into lockout for one hour, then

automatically initiates another ignition sequence; will repeat as long

as call for heat exists).

• Senses flame through spark electrode (local flame sense) instead of

through a separate flame sensor (remote flame sense).

• Diagnostic LED indicates certain ignition and venting system mal-

functions (refer to control label for specific diagnostic codes).

• Includes flame current (FC) test terminals.

TABLE 7-11 Triton Ignition Control Kit Parts List

traPytitnauQ

saGkrapStceriDseireSD1642"notirT"lawneF

lortnoCnoitingI 1

elbaCedortcelEegatloVhgiH1

eriWrepmuJegatloVwoL

)slanimreTlortnoCnoitingInodellatsni-erPeByaM( 1

lebaLgniriW1

snoitcurtsnInoitallatsnI1

7-20

ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

TL109 Burner Tray Kit

The TL109 Burner Tray Kit is designed for use in HW/HWC’s that were

originally equipped with single port inshot burners. Four kits are available,

one for each natural gas heating input rating as follows:

• 26,000 BTUH (3 main burners)

• 38,000 BTUH (4 main burners)

• 51,000 BTUH (5 main burners)

• 64,000 BTUH (6 main burners)

Each kit includes:

• An assembled burner tray including manifold, natural gas orifices and

3, 4, 5 or 6 main burners (depending on heating input rating

• A three-rod combination igniter/sensor

• Installation instructions

The burner tray assembly included in this kit can be used with either the

Fenwal remote sense ignition control (which uses a separate flame

sensor lead), or the more recent Fenwal local sense ignition control

(which does not use a separate flame sensor lead). When used with the

remote sense ignition control, the three-rod combination igniter/sensor in

the kit effectively makes this a “local sense” system.

FIGURE 7-5 TL109 Burner Tray

Burners

Burner Carryover Gap

.025 (+/ .002 )""

Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES

7-21

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Discharge

Muffler

Discharge Line to

Condenser Coil

FIGURE 7-6 AMUFFKT494-1 Kit Discharge Muffler Installation

AMUFFKT494-1 Discharge Muffler Kit

In the event that during operation an unacceptable noise occurs, a muffler

kit (AMUFFKT494-1) may be installed in the discharge line*. The cham-

ber of the muffler acts as a sound-absorbing chamber reducing compres-

sor pulsation noises.

* AMUFFKT494-1 is designed to be used only with HWC182 units.

8-1

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

Section 8 - Parts Lists

HWC123, 183, 243, 303-1 .................. 8-2

HWC182, 242-11 ................................ 8-5

HWC122, 242-10 ................................ 8-7

HWC182-9 ........................................ 8-10

HWC242, 302-9 ................................ 8-12

HWC122, 182, 242, 302-8 ................ 8-14

HWC182-6/7 .................................... 8-17

HWC122, 282, 242, 302-5 ................ 8-19

HWC182, 302-4 ................................ 8-22

HWC122, 182, 242, 302-3 ................ 8-25

HWC182-2 ........................................ 8-28

HWC122, 182, 242, 302--1 ............... 8-30

HW-1 ................................................ 8-33

HWA-9 .............................................. 8-35

HWC123, 183, 243, 303S-1

(Low Ambient) .................................... 8-37

HWC123, 183, 243, 303H-1

(High Altitude) ................................... 8-40

8-2

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303A-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303A-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183A-1(*)

64HWC183A-1(*)

38HWC243A-1(*)

51HWC243A-1(*)

64HWC243A-1(*)

51HWC303A-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123A-1(*)

38HWC123A-1(*)

38HWC183A-1(*)

64HWC303A-1(*)

REVISED

4-26-99

HWC3-A-1

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111111111

7100-78944LLEWYENOHSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

11100-47024DLOFINAMA1

11200-47024DLOFINAMA111

11300-47024DLOFINAMA111

11400-47024DLOFINAMA111

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROA666

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROA445455

31500B03093SAGLARUTAN45#ECIFIROA31

02100-29944EDORTCELE +A1111111111

12100-39944EDORTCELE-ERIW +A1111111111

42100-09944REWOLB/NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

43100-84914RENRUBA3445645656

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTA3445645656

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG +A1111111111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG +A2222222222

25700B45104TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A 111111111

55500B02573NEERGTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+A1

75010-91844DERERUSSERP-HCTIWS A1111111111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111111111

8-3

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303A-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303A-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183A-1(*)

64HWC183A-1(*)

38HWC243A-1(*)

51HWC243A-1(*)

64HWC243A-1(*)

51HWC303A-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123A-1(*)

38HWC123A-1(*)

38HWC183A-1(*)

64HWC303A-1(*)

HWC3-A-1 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3333333333

37100-33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YLBMESSA A1111111111

68100D10043CAV073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+A11

68400D10043CAV073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

111000B46720LANIMRET-DRAOB +A1111111111

421100-10054REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111111111

521100-20054REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111111111

721640B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A1111111111

031100-40054MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111111111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCA111

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOC A 111

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCA11

652100-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA11

652200-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSA A 111

652300-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA111

652100-57334SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA11

8-4

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303A-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303A-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183A-1(*)

64HWC183A-1(*)

38HWC243A-1(*)

51HWC243A-1(*)

64HWC243A-1(*)

51HWC303A-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123A-1(*)

38HWC123A-1(*)

38HWC183A-1(*)

64HWC303A-1(*)

HWC3-A-1 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

262900C521534A-980-TE105WA-ROSSERPMOC A 111

262100C800934A-200-TE741KR-ROSSERPMOCA11

262500-11824031-VFP-CK42RZ-ROSSERPMOCA111

262600-11824031-VFP-CK82RZ-ROSSERPMOCA11

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM +A 11111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM +A11111

862100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111

862100B58093NAF-EDALB A11111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A1111111111

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC+A11

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

672100-52724ROSSERPMOC-GULP +A 11111

872100C53570ROTCATNOC +A1111111111

103100B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A11

103200B95093REIRD-RETLIF +A 111111

103300B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A 11

8-5

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC242A-11A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC242A-11(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182A-11(*)

38HWC242A-11(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC182-242A-11

1100B07393REMROFSNART+B-A11

5100B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC+B-A11

7100-80134SAG-EVLAV+B-A11

11200-47024DLOFINAMB-A11

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROB-A44

02100-75914EDORTCELE+B-A11

12100-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW+B-A11

42100-01134NOITINGI-LORTNOC+B-A11

43100-84914RENRUBB-A44

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAB-A11

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTB-A44

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG+B-A11

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG+B-A22

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC+B-A11

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAGB-A11

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+B-A11

75010-63334DERERUSSERP-HCTIWSB-A11

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB+B-A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM+B-A11

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNABB-A11

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRAB-A33

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHWB-A11

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YSSAB-A11

68400D23293SCAV073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC+B-A11

421100-90134REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YSSAB-A11

8-6

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC242A-11A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC242A-11(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182A-11(*)

38HWC242A-11(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC182-242A-11 (cont.)

521100B50693REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YSSAB-A11

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAVB-A11

721550B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF+B-A11

031600D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBALB-A11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCB-A1

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOCB-A1

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOCB-A11

652200-76234SEBUTYRALLIPAC-YSSAB-A1

652300-76234SEBUTYRALLIPAC-YSSAB-A1

262900C521534A-980-TE105WA-PMOCB-A1

262500-11824031-VFP-CK42RZ-PMOCB-A1

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM+B-A1

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM+B-A1

862100B26093NAF-EDALBB-A1

862100B58093NAF-EDALBB-A1

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARBB-A11

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC+B-A11

672100-52724GULPROSSERPMOC-YSSA+B-A1

872100C53570ROTCATNOC+B-A11

8-7

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

HWC122-242A-10

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC242A-10A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC242A-10(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HWC122A-10(*)

38HWC122A-10(*)

38HWC242A-10(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

REVISED

4-26-99

1100B07393REMROFSNART+B-A111

5100B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC+B-A111

7100-80134SAG-EVLAV+B-A111

11100-47024DLOFINAMB-A1

11200-47024DLOFINAMB-A11

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROB-A44

31500B03093SAGLARUTAN45#ECIFIROB-A3

02100-75914EDORTCELE+B-A111

12100-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW+B-A111

42100-01134NOITINGI-LORTNOC+B-A111

43100-84914RENRUBB-A344

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAB-A1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAB-A11

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTB-A344

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG+B-A111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG+B-A222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC+B-A111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAGB-A111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+B-A11

55500B02573NEERGTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+B-A1

75010-63334DERERUSSERP-HCTIWSB-A111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB+B-A111

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+B-A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM+B-A1

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNABB-A111

8-8

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

HWC122-242A-10 (cont.)

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC242A-10A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC242A-10(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HWC122A-10(*)

38HWC122A-10(*)

38HWC242A-10(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

REVISED

4-26-99

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRAB-A333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHWB-A111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YLBMESSAB-A111

68100D23293SCAV073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+B-A11

68400D23293SCAV073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC+B-A1

421100-90134REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSAB-A111

521100B50693REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSAB-A111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAVB-A111

721550B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF+B-A111

031600-70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBALB-A111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCB-A11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCB-A1

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCB-A11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOCB-A1

652100-76234SEBUTYRALLIPAC-YLBMESSAB-A11

652300-76234SEBUTYRALLIPAC-YLBMESSAB-A1

262500C63153VFP-1K32RZ-ROSSERPMOCB-A1

262100C800934A-200-TE741KR-ROSSERPMOCB-A11

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM+B-A1

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM+B-A11

862100B26093NAF-EDALBB-A1

862100B58093NAF-EDALBB-A11

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARBB-A111

8-9

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

HWC122-242A-10 (cont.)

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC242A-10A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC242A-10(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HWC122A-10(*)

38HWC122A-10(*)

38HWC242A-10(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

REVISED

4-26-99

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC+B-A11

172300D41583CAV073@DFM5/03-ROTICAPAC+B-A1

872100C53570ROTCATNOC+B-A111

8-10

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC182A-9A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC182A-9(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182A-9(*)

51HWC182A-9(*)

64HWC182A-9(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC182-9

1100B07393REMROFSNART+E-A111

5200B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC+E-A111

7100D13093SAG-EVLAV+C-A111

7100-80134SAG-EVLAV+E111

11200-47024DLOFINAME-A111

11300-47024DLOFINAME-A11

11400-47024DLOFINAME-A11

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROE-A6

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROE-A45

02100-75914EDORTCELE+E-A111

12100-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW+E-A111

42100-01134NOITINGI-LORTNOC+E-A111

43100-84914RENRUBE-A456

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAE-A1

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAE-A1

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAE-A1

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTE-A456

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG+E-A111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG+E-A222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC+E-A111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAGE-A111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+E-A111

75010-63334DERERUSSERP-HCTIWSE-A111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB+E-A111

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM+E-A111

8-11

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC182A-9A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC182A-9(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182A-9(*)

51HWC182A-9(*)

64HWC182A-9(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC182-9 (cont.)

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNABE-A111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRAE-A333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHWE-A111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YSSAE-A111

68400D23293SCAV073@DFM5.7ROTICAPAC+E-A111

421100-90134REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YSSAE-A111

521100B50693REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YSSAE-A111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAVE-A111

721550B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF+E-A111

031600D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBALE-A111

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOCE-A111

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOCE-A111

652200B85093SEBUTPAC-YSSAB-A111

652200-72634SEBUTPAC-YSSAE-C111

262900C521534A-330-TE102WA-PMOCE-A111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM+E-A111

862100B58093NAF-EDALBE-A111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARBE-A111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53ROTICAPAC+E-A111

872100C53570ROTCATNOC+E-A111

8-12

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302A-9A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC302A-9(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC242A-9(*)

64HWC242A-9(*)

51HWC302A-9(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC242-302-9

64HWC302A-9(*)

1100B07393REMROFSNART+B-A 1111

5200B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC+B-A 1111

7100-80134SAG-EVLAV+B-A 1111

11300-47024DLOFINAMB-A1 1

11400-47024DLOFINAMB-A11

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROB-A66

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROB-A5 5

02100-75914EDORTCELE+B-A 1111

12200-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW+B-A 1111

42100-01134NOITINGI-LORTNOC+B-A 1111

43100-84914RENRUBB-A5656

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAB-A1 1

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAB-A11

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTB-A5656

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG+B-A 1111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG+B-A 2222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC+B-A 1111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAGB-A 1111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+B-A 1111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB+B-A 1111

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM+B-A 1111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNABB-A 1111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRAB-A 3333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHWB-A 1111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YLBMESSAB-A 1111

8-13

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302A-9A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC302A-9(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC242A-9(*)

64HWC242A-9(*)

51HWC302A-9(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC242-302-9 (cont.)

64HWC302A-9(*)

68400D23293SCAV073@DFM5.7ROTICAPAC+B-A 1111

421100-90134REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YSSAB-A 1111

521100B50693REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YSSAB-A 1111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAVB-A 1111

721550B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF+B-A 1111

031600D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBALB-A 1111

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCB-A11

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCB-A11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOCB-A11

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCB-A11

652200-17234SEBUTYRALLIPAC-YSSAB-A11

652100-08234SEBUTYRALLIPAC-YSSAB-A11

262500-11824031-VFP-CK42RZ-PMOCB-A11

262600-11824031-VFP-CK82RZ-PMOC 11

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM+B-A 1111

862100B26093NAF-EDALBB-A 1111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARBB-A 1111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53ROTICAPAC+B-A 1111

672100-52724ROSSERPMOC-GULP+B-A 1111

872100C53570ROTCATNOC+B-A 1111

8-14

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-8A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-8(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-8(*)

64HWC182-8(*)

38HWC242-8(*)

51HWC242-8(*)

64HWC242-8(*)

51HWC302-8(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-8(*)

38HWC122-8(*)

38HWC182-8(*)

64HWC302-8(*)

HWC-8

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111111111

5200B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC +A1111111111

7100D13093SAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

11100-47024DLOFINAMA1

11200-47024DLOFINAMA111

11300-47024DLOFINAMA111

11400-47024DLOFINAMA111

31300B0309325#ECIFIROA666

31400B0309335#ECIFIROA445455

31500B0309345#ECIFIROA3

02100-75914EDORTCELE +A1111111111

12100-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW +A1111111111

42200-28514NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

43100-84914RENRUBA3445645656

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA111

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA111

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA111

04100B14883ROTALUBRUTA3445645656

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG +A1111111111

74100B87983DNELOCEULF-TEKSAG +A2222222222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG A1111111111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A 111111111

55500B02573NEERGTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+A1

8-15

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-8A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-8(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-8(*)

64HWC182-8(*)

38HWC242-8(*)

51HWC242-8(*)

64HWC242-8(*)

51HWC302-8(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-8(*)

38HWC122-8(*)

38HWC182-8(*)

64HWC302-8(*)

HWC-8 (cont.)

75100-26814DERSSERP-HCTIWS A 111111111

75200-26814NEERGSSERP-HCTIWSA1

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111111111

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3333333333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

47100B01093GNISUOHREWOLB-YSSA A1111111111

68100D23293V073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+A11

68400D23293V073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

421100-86224REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YSSA A1111111111

521100B50693REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YSSA A1111111111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV A1111111111

721640B13160"5.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A1111111111

821100B23160RETLIF-DOR A1111111111

031500D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111111111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCA111

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOC A 111

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCA11

8-16

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-8A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-8(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-8(*)

64HWC182-8(*)

38HWC242-8(*)

51HWC242-8(*)

64HWC242-8(*)

51HWC302-8(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-8(*)

38HWC122-8(*)

38HWC182-8(*)

64HWC302-8(*)

HWC-8 (cont.)

652100B85093EBUTPAC-YSSAA11

652200B85093EBUTPAC-YSSA A 111

652300B85093EBUTPAC-YSSAA111

652100-05604EBUTPAC-YSSAA11

262100C63153VFP-1K82RZ-PMOCA11

262500C63153VFP-1K32RZ-PMOCA111

262100C800934A-200-TE741KR-PMOCA11

262200C800934A-900-TE332KR-PMOC A 111

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM +A 11111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM +A11111

862100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111

862100B58093NAF-EDALB A11111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A1111111111

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC +A11111

172300D41583CAV073@DFM5/03-ROTICAPAC+A111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC+A 11

872100C53570ROTCATNOC +A1111111111

282100-51704YALEDEMIT-YALER +A 11111

8-17

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC182-6A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC182-6(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182-7(*)

51HWC182-6(*)

64HWC182-6(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC-6/7

1100B07393REMROFSNART+A111

5100B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC+A111

7100D13093SAG-EVLAV+A111

11200B23883LLEC4-DLOFINAMA1

11300B23883LLEC5-DLOFINAMA1

11400B23883LLEC6-DLOFINAMA1

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROA6

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROA45

02100B05093EDORTCELE+A111

12100-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW+A111

42200-28514NOITINGI-LORTNOC+A111

43100B60093RENRUB-YSSAA456

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

04100B14883ROTALUBRUTA456

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG+A111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG+A222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC+A111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAGA111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+A111

75100-26814DERSSERP-HCTIWSA111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB+A111

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM+A111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNABA111

8-18

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC182-6A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC182-6(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182-7(*)

51HWC182-6(*)

64HWC182-6(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC-6/7 (cont.)

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRAA333

37100B33843REWOLBLEEHWA111

47100B01093GNISUOHREWOLB-YSSAA111

68400D23293CAV073@DFM5.7ROTICAPAC+A111

421100B13204ELAMEFSSENRAHERIW-YSSAA111

521100B50693ELAMSSENRAHERIW-YSSAA111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAVA111

721640B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF+A111

821100B23160RETLIF-DORA111

031500D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBALA111

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOCA111

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOCA111

262900C52153G7155WA-PMOCA111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOMA111

862100B58093NAF-EDALBA111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARBA111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53ROTICAPAC+A111

872100C53570ROTCATNOC+A111

8-19

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-5A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-5(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-5(*)

64HWC182-5(*)

38HWC242-5(*)

51HWC242-4(*)

64HWC242-4(*)

51HWC302-5(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-5(*)

38HWC122-5(*)

38HWC182-6(*)

64HWC302-5(*)

HWC-5

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111111111

5200B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC +A1111111111

7100D13093SAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

11100B23883LLEC3-DLOFINAMA1

11200B23883LLEC4-DLOFINAMA111

11300B23883LLEC5-DLOFINAMA111

11400B23883LLEC6-DLOFINAMA111

31300B0309325#ECIFIROA666

31400B0309335#ECIFIROA445455

31500B0309345#ECIFIROA3

02100B05093EDORTCELE +A1111111111

12100-38514EDORTCELE-ERIW +A1111111111

42200-28514NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

43100B60093RENRUB-YSSAA3445645656

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA111

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA111

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YSSAA111

04100B14883ROTALUBRUTA3445645656

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG +A1111111111

74100B87983DNELOCEULF-TEKSAG +A2222222222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG +A1111111111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A1111111111

8-20

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-5A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-5(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-5(*)

64HWC182-5(*)

38HWC242-5(*)

51HWC242-4(*)

64HWC242-4(*)

51HWC302-5(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-5(*)

38HWC122-5(*)

38HWC182-6(*)

64HWC302-5(*)

HWC-5 (cont.)

75100-26814DERSSERP-HCTIWS A 111111111

75200-26814NEERGSSERP-HCTIWSA1

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111111111

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3333333333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

47100B01093GNISUOHREWOLB-YSSA A1111111111

68100D23293V073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+A11

68400D23293V073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

421100B13204ELAMEFSSENRAHERIW-YSSA A1111111111

521100B50693ELAMSSENRAHERIW-YSSA A1111111111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

721640B13160"5.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A1111111111

821100B23160RETLIF-DOR A1111111111

031500D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111111111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCA111

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOC A 111

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCA11

8-21

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-5A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-5(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-5(*)

64HWC182-5(*)

38HWC242-5(*)

51HWC242-4(*)

64HWC242-4(*)

51HWC302-5(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-5(*)

38HWC122-5(*)

38HWC182-6(*)

64HWC302-5(*)

HWC-5 (cont.)

652100B85093EBUTPAC-YSSAA11

652200B85093EBUTPAC-YSSA A 111

652300B85093EBUTPAC-YSSAA111

652100-05604EBUTPAC-YSSAA11

262100C63153VFP-1K82RZ-PMOCA11

262500C63153VFP-1K32RZ-PMOCA111

262100C800934A-200-TE741KR-PMOCA11

262200C800934A-900-TE332KR-PMOC A 111

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM +A 11111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM +A11111

862100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111

862100B58093NAF-EDALB A11111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A1111111111

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC +A11111

172300D41583CAV073@DFM5/03-ROTICAPAC+A111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC+A 11

872100C53570ROTCATNOC +A1111111111

282100-51704YALEDEMIT-YALER +A 11111

8-22

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC182-4A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC182-4(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-4(*)

64HWC182-4(*)

51HWC302-4(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

64HWC302-4(*)

38HWC182-4(*)

HWC-4

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A11111

5200B92093RETNECREWOLB-LORTNOC +A11111

7100D13093SAG-EVLAV +A11111

11200B23883DLOFINAMA1

11300B23883DLOFINAMA11

11400B23883DLOFINAMA11

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROA66

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROA455

91100B37093EMALF-ROSNES +A11111

02100B05093EDORTCELE +A11111

12100B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW+A1

12200B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW +A 1111

42100B84093NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A11111

43100B60093TOHSDNERENRUBA45656

83200D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA1

83300D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA11

83400D99983REGNAHCXETAEH 11

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTA45656

64100B77983TNORFEULF-TEKSAG +A11111

74100B87983EDISEULF-TEKSAG +A22222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC +A11111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG +A11111

55400B02573TUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A11111

75100B98093ERUSSERP.O.N-HCTIWS A11111

36100B50093TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A11111

8-23

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC182-4A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC182-4(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-4(*)

64HWC182-4(*)

51HWC302-4(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

64HWC302-4(*)

38HWC182-4(*)

HWC-4 (cont.)

96100B64093PH3/1ROTOM +A11111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A11111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A33333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A11111

47100B01093REWOLB-GNISUOH A11111

68400D23293CAV073@DFM5.7ROTICAPAC +A11111

421100B13204.TPCERELAMEF-YSSA A11111

521100B056093.TPCERELAM-YSSA A11111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV +A11111

721640B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A11111

821100B23160RETLIF-DOR A11111

031300D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW A11111

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOCA111

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOCA111

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCA11

652200B85093REIRD-YSSAEBUTPACA111

652100-05604REIRD-YSSAEBUTPACA11

262100C63153ROSSERPMOCA11

262200C80093ROSSERPMOCA111

762100B44093PH4/1ROTOM+A11

762100B48093PH8/1ROTOM+A111

862100B26093NAF-EDALBA11

862100B58093NAF-EDALBA111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A11111

8-24

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

38HWC182-4A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

38HWC182-4(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-4(*)

64HWC182-4(*)

51HWC302-4(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

64HWC302-4(*)

38HWC182-4(*)

HWC-4 (cont.)

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52ROTICAPAC+A111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53ROTICAPAC+A11

872100C53570ROTCATNOC +A11111

282100A56083YALEDEMIT-YALER+A11

103200B95093REIRD+A111

103300B95093REIRD+A11

8-25

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-3A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-3(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-3(*)

64HWC182-3(*)

38HWC242-3(*)

51HWC242-3(*)

64HWC242-3(*)

51HWC302-3(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-3(*)

38HWC122-3(*)

38HWC182-3(*)

64HWC302-3(*)

HWC-3

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111111111

5100B92093.TNOC.OLBRETNEC +A1111111111

7100D13093SAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

11100B23883SAGDLOFINAMA1

11200B23883SAGDLOFINAMA111

11300B23883SAGDLOFINAMA111

11400B23883SAGDLOFINAMA111

31300B0309325#ECIFIROA666

31400B0309335#ECIFIROA445455

31500B0309345#ECIFIROA3

91100B37093EMALF-ROSNES +A1111111111

02100B05093.I.S.D-EDORTCELE +A1111111111

12100B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW+A1111

12200B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW +A 11 1111

42100B84093NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

43100B60093TOHSDNERENRUBA3445645656

83100D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA1

83200D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA111

83300D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA111

83400D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA111

04100B14883ROTALUBRUTA3445645656

64100B77983TNORFEULFTEKSAG +A1111111111

74100B87983EDISEULFTEKSAG +A2222222222

25800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

45100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG +A1111111111

8-26

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-3A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-3(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-3(*)

64HWC182-3(*)

38HWC242-3(*)

51HWC242-3(*)

64HWC242-3(*)

51HWC302-3(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-3(*)

38HWC122-3(*)

38HWC182-3(*)

64HWC302-3(*)

HWC-3 (cont.)

55400B02573TUOLLOR-HCTIWS

+

A1111111111

75100B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWS A 111111111

75200B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWSA1

36100B50093TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111111111

96100B54093PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3233333333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

47100B01093REWOLB-GNISUOH A1111111111

68100D100434OLBROTICAPAC+A11

68400D100435.7OLBROTICAPAC +A 11111111

421100B66393.TPCERELAMEF-YSSA A1111111111

521100B50693YSSA.PCERELAM A1111111111

621100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

721640B13160RIA-RETLIF +A1111111111

821100B23160RETLIF-DOR A1111111111

031200D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111111111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOC A 111111

052100B48983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

552100B18983ROODNI-LIOCA11

8-27

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-3A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-3(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-3(*)

64HWC182-3(*)

38HWC242-3(*)

51HWC242-3(*)

64HWC242-3(*)

51HWC302-3(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-3(*)

38HWC122-3(*)

38HWC182-3(*)

64HWC302-3(*)

HWC-3 (cont.)

652100B75093YSSAEBUTPACA11

652100B85093YSSAEBUTPACA11

652200B85093YSSAEBUTPAC A 111

652300B85093YSSAEBUTPACA111

262100C63153ROSSERPMOCA11

262500C63153ROSSERPMOCA111

262100C80093ROSSERPMOCA11

262200C80093ROSSERPMOC A 111

762100B44093PH4/1NAFROTOM +A 11111

762100B48093PH8/1NAFROTOM +A11111

862100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111

862100B58093NAF-EDALB A11111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A1111111111

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC +A11111

172300D41583CAV073@DFM5/03-ROTICAPAC+A111

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC+A 11

872100B85653ROTCATNOC +A1111111111

282100A56083YALEDEMIT-YALER +A1111111111

103100B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A11

103200B95093REIRD-RETLIF +A 111111

103300B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A 11

8-28

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC182-2A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC182-2(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182-2(*)

51HWC182-2(*)

64HWC182-2(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC-2

1100D13093SREGDOR-ETIHWSAG-EVLAV+A111

3100B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW+A1

3200B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW+A11

4100B92093.TNOC.OLBRETNEC+A111

5100B84093NOITINGI-LORTNOC+A111

6100B37093EMALF-ROSNES+A111

01100B05093.I.S.D-EDORTCELE+A111

61800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC+A111

81100B01663REMROFSNART+A111

52100B08983ROODNI-LIOCA111

62200B85093YSSAEBUTPACA111

82300B0309325#ECIFIROA56

82400B0309335#DUPSECIFIROA4

33200D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA1

33300D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA1

33400D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA1

53100B14883ROTALUBRUTA456

83100B77983TNORFEULFTEKSAG+A111

83100B87983EDISEULFTEKSAG+A222

74100B60093TOHSDNERENRUBA456

84200B23883SAGDLOFINAMA1

84300B23883SAGDLOFINAMA1

84400B23883SAGDLOFINAMA1

55100B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWSA111

65100B50093.D.IREWOLB+A111

8-29

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC182-2A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWC182-2(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

38HWC182-2(*)

51HWC182-2(*)

64HWC182-2(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HWC-2 (cont.)

26400B02573TUOLLORHCTIWS+A111

96100B66393SSENRAHERIW-YSSAA111

37100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV+A111

47100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG+A111

67400D100435.7OLBROTICAPAC+A111

08100B64093PH3/1ROTOM+A111

18000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNABA111

28400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRAA333

38100B33843REWOLB-LEEHWA111

48100B01093REWOLB-GNISUOHA111

69100D70093MARGAIDGNIRIWA111

79640B13160RETLIFRIA+A111

89100B23160RETLIF-DORA111

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCA111

552100B85653ROTCATNOC+A111

062200C80093ROSSERPMOCA111

072200D415835/52ROTICAPAC+A111

272100B44093PH4/1NAFROTOM+A111

372400D28930TROPPUSROTOMTEKCARBA111

972100B26093NAF-EDALBA111

092100B81193.YSSA.PCERELAMA111

823200B95093REIRD+A111

843100A56083YALEDEMIT-YALER+A111

8-30

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-1(*)

64HWC182-1(*)

38HWC242-1(*)

51HWC242-1(*)

64HWC242-1(*)

51HWC302-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-1(*)

38HWC122-1(*)

38HWC182-1(*)

64HWC302-1(*)

REVISED

1-20-98

HWC-1

1100D13093SREGDOR-ETIHWSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

3100B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW+A1111

3200B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW +A 11 1111

4100B92093.TNOC.OLBRETNEC +A1111111111

5200B84093NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

6100B37093EMALF-ROSNES +A1111111111

01100B05093.I.S.D-EDORTCELE +A1111111111

61800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

81100B01663REMROFSNART +A1111111111

52100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

52100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

52100B18983ROODNI-LIOCA11

62100B75093YSSAEBUTPACA11

62100B85093YSSAEBUTPACA11

62200B75093YSSAEBUTPAC A 111

62300B75093YSSAEBUTPACA111

82300B0309325#ECIFIRO A 56 5656

82400B0309335#DUPSECIFIROA444

82500B0309345#DUPSECIFIROA3

33100D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA1

33200D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA111

33300D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA111

33400D99983REGNAHCXETAEHA111

53100B14883ROTALUBRUTA3445645656

8-31

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-1(*)

64HWC182-1(*)

38HWC242-1(*)

51HWC242-1(*)

64HWC242-1(*)

51HWC302-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-1(*)

38HWC122-1(*)

38HWC182-1(*)

64HWC302-1(*)

HWC-1 (cont.)

83100B77983TNORFEULFTEKSAG A1111111111

83100B87983EDISEULFTEKSAG A2222222222

74100B60093TOHSDNERENRUBA3445645656

84100B23883SAGDLOFINAMA1

84200B23883SAGDLOFINAMA111

84300B23883SAGDLOFINAMA111

84400B23883SAGDLOFINAMA111

55100B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWS A 111111111

55200B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWSA1

65100B50093.D.IREWOLB +A1111111111

26400B02573TUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A1111111111

96100B66393SSENRAHERIW-YSSA A1111111111

37100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

47100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG +A1111111111

67100D100434OLBROTICAPAC+A11

67400D100435.7OLBROTICAPAC +A 11111111

08100B54093PH6/1ROTOM+A11

08100B64093PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

18000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

28400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3233333333

38100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

48100B01093REWOLB-GNISUOH A1111111111

69100D70093MARGAIDGNIRIW A1111111111

79640B13160RIA-RETLIF +A1111111111

89100B23160RETLIF-DOR A1111111111

8-32

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC302-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC302-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC182-1(*)

64HWC182-1(*)

38HWC242-1(*)

51HWC242-1(*)

64HWC242-1(*)

51HWC302-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC122-1(*)

38HWC122-1(*)

38HWC182-1(*)

64HWC302-1(*)

REVISED

1-20-98

HWC-1 (cont.)

052100B28983ROODTUOLIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUOLIOC A 111111

052100B48983ROODTUOLIOCA11

552100B85653ROTCATNOC A1111111111

062100C63153ROSSERPMOCA11

062400C63153ROSSERPMOC A 111

062500C63153ROSSERPMOCA111

062100C80093ROSSERPMOCA11

072200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC +A11111

072300D41583CAV073@DFM5/03-ROTICAPAC+A111

072400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC+A 11

272100B44093PH4/1NAFROTOM +A 11111111

272100B48093PH8/1NAFROTOM+A11

372400D28930.PUSROTOMTEKCARB A1111111111

972100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111111

972100B58093NAF-EDALBA11

092100B81193YSSA.PCERELAM A1111111111

823100B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A11

823200B95093REIRD-RETLIF +A 111111

823300B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A 11

843100A56083YALEDEMIT-YALER +A1111111111

8-33

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REVISED

1-20-98

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HW-1A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HW-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HW-1(*)

38HW-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

HW-1

51HW-1(*)

64HW-1(*)

1100D13093SREGDOR-ETIHWSAG-EVLAV 1111

3100B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW11

3200B94093EDORTCELE-ERIW 11

4100B84293.TNOC.OLBRETNEC 1111

5100B84093NOITINGI-LORTNOC 1111

6100B37093EMALF-ROSNES 1111

01100B05093.I.S.D-EDORTCELE 1111

61800A05110TIMIL-LORTNOC 1111

81100B07393REMROFSNART 1111

82300B0309325#ECIFIRO 56

82400B03093DUPSECIFIRO4

82500B03093DUPSECIFIRO3

33100D99983REGNAHCXETAEH1

33200D99983REGNAHCXETAEH1

33300D99983REGNAHCXETAEH 1

33400D99983REGNAHCXETAEH 1

53100B14883ROTALUBRUT3456

83100B77983TNORFEULFTEKSAG 1111

83100B87983EDISEULFTEKSAG 2222

74100B60093TOHSDNERENRUB3456

84100B23883SAGDLOFINAM1

84200B23883SAGDLOFINAM1

84300B23883SAGDLOFINAM 1

84400B23883SAGDLOFINAM 1

8-34

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REVISED

1-20-98

HW-1 (cont.)

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HW-1A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HW-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HW-1(*)

38HW-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

51HW-1(*)

64HW-1(*)

55100B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWS 111

55200B68093ERUSSERP.O.NHCTIWS1

65100B50093TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB 1111

26400B02573TUOLLORHCTIWS 1111

96100B66393SSENRAHERIW-YSSA 1111

37100B08093FFO-TUHSSAG-EVLAV 1111

47100B31193HCTIWSTIMIL-TEKSAG 1111

67100D100434OLBROTICAPAC11

67400D100435.7OLBROTICAPAC 11

08100B54093PH6/1ROTOM11

08100B64093PH3/1ROTOM 11

18000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB 1111

28400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA 3333

38100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW 1111

48100B01093REWOLB-GNISUOH 1111

69100D74293MARGAIDGNIRIW 1111

79640B13160RETLIFRIA 1111

89100B23160RETLIF-DOR 1111

8-35

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

HWA-9 REVISED

4-26-99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWA-9A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWA-9(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HWA-9(*)

38HWA-9(*)

51HWA-9(*)

64HWA-9(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111

7100-78944LLEWYENOHSAG-EVLAV +A1111

11100-47024DLOFINAMA1

11200-47024DLOFINAMA1

11300-47024DLOFINAMA1

11400-47024DLOFINAMA1

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROA6

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROA45

31500B03093SAGLARUTAN45#ECIFIROA3

02100-29944EDORTCELE +A1111

12100-39944EDORTCELE-ERIW +A1111

42100-09944REWOLB/NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111

43100-84914RENRUBA3456

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTA3456

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG +A1111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG +A2222

25700B45104TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A 111

55500B02573NEERGTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+A1

75010-91844DERERUSSERP-HCTIWS A1111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111

8-36

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

HWA-9 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWA-9A

First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >

64HWA-9(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

26HWA-9(*)

38HWA-9(*)

51HWA-9(*)

64HWA-9(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM+A11

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YLBMESSA A1111

68100D10043CAV073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+A11

68400D10043CAV073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC+A11

111000B46720LANIMRET-DRAOB +A1111

421100-10054REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111

721640B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A1111

031100-80054MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111

8-37

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

HWC3-S-1 REVISED

4-26-99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303SA-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303SA-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183SA-1(*)

64HWC183SA-1(*)

38HWC243SA-1(*)

51HWC243SA-1(*)

64HWC243SA-1(*)

51HWC303SA-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123SA-1(*)

38HWC123SA-1(*)

38HWC183SA-1(*)

64HWC303SA-1(*)

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111111

1

11

7100-78944LLEWYENOHSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

11100-47024DLOFINAMA1

11200-47024DLOFINAMA111

11300-47024DLOFINAMA111

11400-47024DLOFINAMA111

31300B03093SAGLARUTAN25#ECIFIROA666

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROA445455

31500B03093SAGLARUTAN45#ECIFIROA3

02100-29944EDORTCELE +A1111111111

12100-39944EDORTCELE-ERIW +A1111111111

42100-09944REWOLB/NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

43100-84914RENRUBA3445645656

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTA3445645656

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG +A1111111111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG +A2222222222

25700B45104TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A 111111111

55500B02573NEERGTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+A1

75010-91844DERERUSSERP-HCTIWS A1111111111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111111111

8-38

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303SA-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303SA-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183SA-1(*)

64HWC183SA-1(*)

38HWC243SA-1(*)

51HWC243SA-1(*)

64HWC243SA-1(*)

51HWC303SA-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123SA-1(*)

38HWC123SA-1(*)

38HWC183SA-1(*)

64HWC303SA-1(*)

HWC3-S-1 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3333333333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YLBMESSA A1111111111

68100D10043CAV073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+A11

68400D10043CAV073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

111000B46720LANIMRET-DRAOB +A1111111111

421100-10054REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111111111

521100-20054REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111111111

721640B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A1111111111

031100-50054MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111111111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCA111

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOC A 111

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCA11

652100-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA11

652200-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSA A 111

652300-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA111

652100-57334SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA11

8-39

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303SA-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303SA-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183SA-1(*)

64HWC183SA-1(*)

38HWC243SA-1(*)

51HWC243SA-1(*)

64HWC243SA-1(*)

51HWC303SA-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123SA-1(*)

38HWC123SA-1(*)

38HWC183SA-1(*)

64HWC303SA-1(*)

HWC3-S-1 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

262900C521534A-980-TE105WA-ROSSERPMOC A 111

262100C800934A-200-TE741KR-ROSSERPMOCA11

262500-11824031-VFP-CK42RZ-ROSSERPMOCA111

262600-11824031-VFP-CK82RZ-ROSSERPMOCA11

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM +A 11111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM +A11111

862100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111

862100B58093NAF-EDALB A11111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A1111111111

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC+A11

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

672100-52724ROSSERPMOC-GULP +A 11111

872100C53570ROTCATNOC +A1111111111

082700B98470ROTOMNAFRESNEDNOC-YALER +A1111111111

192700B72363NAFRESNEDNOC-HCTIWS +A1111111111

103100B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A11

103200B95093REIRD-RETLIF +A 111111

103300B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A 11

8-40

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

HWC3-H-1 REVISED

4-26-99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303HA-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303HA-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183HA-1(*)

64HWC183HA-1(*)

38HWC243HA-1(*)

51HWC243HA-1(*)

64HWC243HA-1(*)

51HWC303HA-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123HA-1(*)

38HWC123HA-1(*)

38HWC183HA-1(*)

64HWC303HA-1(*)

1100B07393REMROFSNART +A1111111111

7100-78944LLEWYENOHSAG-EVLAV +A1111111111

11100-47024DLOFINAMA1

11200-47024DLOFINAMA111

11300-47024DLOFINAMA111

11400-47024DLOFINAMA111

31400B03093SAGLARUTAN35#ECIFIROA666

31500B03093SAGLARUTAN45#ECIFIROA445455

31110B03093SAGLARUTAN55#ECIFIROA3

02100-29944EDORTCELE +A1111111111

12100-39944EDORTCELE-ERIW +A1111111111

42100-09944REWOLB/NOITINGI-LORTNOC +A1111111111

43100-84914RENRUBA3445645656

83900D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA1

83010D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

83110D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

83210D99983REGNAHCXETAEH-YLBMESSAA111

04100B14883SROTALUBRUTA3445645656

64100B77983REVOCEULF-TEKSAG +A1111111111

74100B87983DNE.LOCEULF-TEKSAG +A2222222222

25700B45104TIMIL-LORTNOC +A1111111111

55400B02573DERTUOLLOR-HCTIWS +A 111111111

55500B02573NEERGTUOLLOR-HCTIWS+A1

75010-91844DERERUSSERP-HCTIWS A1111111111

36100-44114TFARDDECUDNI-REWOLB +A1111111111

8-41

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303HA-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303HA-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183HA-1(*)

64HWC183HA-1(*)

38HWC243HA-1(*)

51HWC243HA-1(*)

64HWC243HA-1(*)

51HWC303HA-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123HA-1(*)

38HWC123HA-1(*)

38HWC183HA-1(*)

64HWC303HA-1(*)

HWC3-H-1 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

96100B54093ESAHP1,PH6/1ROTOM+A11

96100B64093ESAHP1,PH3/1ROTOM +A 11111111

17000B70470GNITNUOMROTOM-DNAB A1111111111

27400B80470GNITNUOMROTOM-MRA A3333333333

37100B33843REWOLB-LEEHW A1111111111

47100B01093SGNISUOHREWOLB-YLBMESSA A1111111111

68100D10043CAV073@DFM4-ROTICAPAC+A11

68400D10043CAV073@DFM5.7-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

111000B46720LANIMRET-DRAOB +A1111111111

421100-10054REPPUSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111111111

521100-20054REWOLSSENRAHERIW-YLBMESSA A1111111111

721640B13160"05.X"52X"5.61RETLIF +A1111111111

031100-40054MARGAIDGNIRIW-LEBAL A1111111111

052100B28983ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100B38983ROODTUO-LIOCA111

052100-94604ROODTUO-LIOCA11

052100-41114ROODTUO-LIOC A 111

552100B97983ROODNI-LIOCA11

552100B08983ROODNI-LIOC A 111111

552100-84604ROODNI-LIOCA11

652100-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA11

652200-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSA A 111

652300-17234SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA111

652100-57334SREIRD-RETLIF/WEBUT.PAC-YSSAA11

8-42

PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

REC STOCKING PART

TO SELECT PART #

Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.

64HWC303HA-1A

First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >

64HWC303HA-1(*)

Then match Service Level for desired part.---------------- >

SERVICE LEVEL = *

51HWC183HA-1(*)

64HWC183HA-1(*)

38HWC243HA-1(*)

51HWC243HA-1(*)

64HWC243HA-1(*)

51HWC303HA-1(*)

REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION

26HWC123HA-1(*)

38HWC123HA-1(*)

38HWC183HA-1(*)

64HWC303HA-1(*)

HWC3-H-1 (cont.) REVISED

4-26-99

262900C521534A-980-TE105WA-ROSSERPMOC A 111

262100C800934A-200-TE741KR-ROSSERPMOCA11

262500-11824031-VFP-CK42RZ-ROSSERPMOCA111

262600-11824031-VFP-CK82RZ-ROSSERPMOCA11

762100-45214ESAHP1,PH4/1ROTOM +A 11111

762100-28214ESAHP1,PH8/1ROTOM +A11111

862100B26093NAF-EDALB A 11111

862100B58093NAF-EDALB A11111

962400D28930TROPPUSROTOM-TEKCARB A1111111111

172200D41583CAV073@DFM5/52-ROTICAPAC+A11

172400D41583CAV073@DFM5/53-ROTICAPAC +A 11111111

672100-52724ROSSERPMOC-GULP +A 11111

872100C53570ROTCATNOC +A1111111111

103100B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A11

103200B95093REIRD-RETLIF +A 111111

103300B95093REIRD-RETLIF+A 11

Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING

9-1

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Section 9 - Troubleshooting/

Performance/

Charge Weights

Troubleshooting ................................... 9-2

Compressor Checkout ................................ 9-2

Capacitor Checkout .................................... 9-6

Performance ........................................ 9-9

Performance Tests (Installed)...................... 9-9

Performance Tests (Bench Tested) ............. 9-11

Charge Weights ................................. 9-11

9-2

TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Troubleshooting

Compressor Checkout

The objective of this section is to help in diagnosing compressor prob-

lems. It presents a series of tests that should be conducting before a

determination on the condition of the compressor is made. This section

has been organized so that the simplest checks are done first, followed by

the more detailed tests (if necessary).

Initial Testing

If a compressor failure is suspected, several simple checks should be

done initially to make sure that the right course of action is being taken.

The following is a list of items and points that should be looked at before a

determination is made of the condition of the compressor.

•Is the correct voltage available at the unit? Using a volt/ohm meter,

check the voltage and compare with the voltage specified by the

manufacturer (found on the data plate on the unit). Many compres-

sors are replaced only to find later that there was either no power or

incorrect power available to the unit.

•Is the contactor closing? Check to make sure that there is 24 volts at

the coil side of the contactor. Check to make sure the points in the

contactor are in good condition. Are they pitted or corroded to the

point where they no longer conduct electricity?

•Is the capacitor in good condition? Does it have the correct rating for

the application? Using a meter, determine if it still has the correct

capacitance.

•The last of these initial tests to do is a touch test. This should be

done very carefully as the compressor can become very hot in

certain situations. This information may be helpful if further tests are

needed to determine the condition of the compressor.

Further Testing

Use extreme caution when conducting the following tests. The power

must be turned off before continuing with the testing.

Checking Continuity

1. Remove wires from the fusite plug in the compressor, recording the

location of each wire as it is removed. If a wire is misplaced when the

test is complete, serious damage could be done to the compressor.

Use extreme caution when performing maintenance or

troubleshooting operations. Electrical shock could

cause personal injury or death.

WARNING

Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING

9-3

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

2. Set an ohm meter to the lowest possible setting. On a note pad,

write the following: “C to ground”, “S to ground” and “R to ground.”

3. Using the ohm meter, check for continuity between C terminal on the

fusite plug and the case of the compressor (a spot may have to be

cleaned on the compressor to get a good reading.) Record what was

observed on the note pad next to the heading “C to ground”. Do the

same to the other two terminals and record the findings in the proper

places.

4. If any sign of continuity between any of the terminals and ground was

observed, recheck the terminal to confirm that the readings were

correct. Any indication of continuity between any of the terminals and

ground would point to an internal winding being shorted to the

compressor case. This suggests that the compressor has an internal

failure and it would need to be replaced.

5. If no continuity is noted between any of the terminals and ground, the

compressor must be checked out further.

Checking Windings

The following test is used to check the condition of the internal start and

run windings.

1. Write the following down: “C to S”, “C to R” and “S to R.”

2. Using the volt/ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals

C and S. Record the findings on the note pad in the correct place.

Measure and record the resistance between the remaining terminals

in the same manner.

The following examples show how this information can be used to deter-

mine if there is an internal failure.

Example #1

C to S (Common through Start Windings) 3.5 ohms

C to R (Common through Run Windings) 1.5 ohms

S to R (Start Windings through Common and Run Windings) 5.0 ohms

A resistance measurement between C to S shows that there is continuity

between the common and start terminals. The reading between terminals

C and R proves that there is continuity between the terminals through the

windings. The resistance recorded between S and R is actually a reading

of the entire circuit within the motor (S through C to R).

A determination of the condition of the motor windings can be made with

the information just collected. The following steps show how this is done.

1. Add the readings from “C to S” and “C to R.”

C to S (3.5 ohms) + C to R (1.5 ohms) = 5 ohms

9-4

TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

When the resistance of “C to S” is added to the resistance of “C to R”,

the combination is the total resistance of the entire motor windings

circuit.

2. Compare the total to the reading taken between “S to R.” If the

windings are in good condition, the sum of “C to S” and “C to R”

should be the same as the reading between “S to R” (S through C to

R). (In this example, they are equal.)

If the numbers are the same, this suggests that the windings are intact

and that there are no internal shorts between the start and run windings.

Example #2

In the following example, the measurements taken provide different

results from the earlier example. These results would indicate that there

is a problem with the compressor.

C to S (Common through Start Windings) 3.5 ohms

C to R (Common through Run Windings) 1.5 ohms

S to R (Start Windings through Common and Run Windings) 4.3 ohms

Using the procedure followed in Example #1:

C to S (3.5 ohms) + C to R (1.5 ohms) = 5 ohms

In this example, the actual reading of “S to R” is 4.3 ohms. In comparing

the readings taken, the resistance measured between “S to R” (the

resistance of the entire motor windings circuit) is not equal to the sum of

“C to S” and “C to R.”

A short between the windings of the start and run coils would reduce the

length of the wire being measured and would result in less resistance

between the two points. Instead of measuring the resistance from “S to C

to R”, the resistance is actually being measured through an internal short

in the windings to the R terminal, bypassing the C terminal. This results

in a lower resistance reading and indicates that the compressor has failed

and the windings are shorted.

Checking the Thermal Overload Device

If during the time that resistance was being checked in the previous test

infinity was ever registered (meter indicated no continuity), the assump-

tion could be made that there is an open winding (or a break in the wires

of the winding). This may indicate that the windings had burned out and

that the compressor had failed.

In the motor windings there is a thermal overload device. This device is

designed to open if the internal temperature of the windings exceed a

preset limit. Since the resistance reading of a winding where the thermal

overload device has opened would show no resistance, the assumption

would most likely be made that the winding was burned out. This is

where the temperature of the compressor as noted in the touch test

becomes very important. If at the time of the touch test the compressor

was found to be very hot, then there is a good chance that the thermal

Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING

9-5

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

overload protector has opened. Before the compressor can be con-

demned as having a burned out start or run winding, it must be deter-

mined that the overload switch is in fact closed. It may take several hours

for the compressor to cool down enough to guarantee that the switch has

closed. After enough time has elapsed for the switch to close, the resis-

tance between each of the terminals should be measured. It may be

found that with the overload switch closed, the compressor checks out

electrically sound. If this is the case, then other possibilities have to be

looked at as to what caused the compressor to overheat.*

There are several reasons why a compressor would overheat.

• If the capacitor was incorrect or failing, the amp draw (current flow)

would be increased. This could cause the motor to heat up very

rapidly, activating the thermal overload protection device. This would

interrupt power and protect the motor windings from damage.

• A loss of charge could also cause the operating temperature of the

compressor to rise and open the thermal overload switch.

• Restricted airflow through the coil could also cause the operating

temperature of the unit to rise.

It is important to perform these checks before making a decision as to the

condition of the compressor.

* An open thermal overload device in a motor does not mean that the

motor was damaged or harmed in any way.

9-6

TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Capacitor Checkout

Before starting the checkout of the capacitor, it is important to understand

what a capacitor is, how it works and what its function is in relation to a

motor.

A capacitor is a storage device similar to a battery, only unlike a battery

a capacitor wants to give up its energy all at once. This ability to store and

release energy is used to make motors run more efficiently, with more

power in a smaller size and to start easier. There are many types of

capacitors but they all serve one common purpose, to store electrons.

Capacitance refers to the capacitor’s ability to store electrons. Different

size capacitors hold different amounts of charge.

Capacitance is measured in farads. A 1-farad capacitor connected to a

1-volt power supply will store 6,280,000,000,000,000,000, or (6.28 x 10 to

the 18th power) electrons. Most capacitors store a much smaller quantity

of electrons. Smaller capacitors have different terms to indicate the

quantity of electrons that they can store. A picofarad is one trillionth of a

farad; a microfarad is one millionth of a farad. The microfarad is the

term most often used in the HVAC business, this is marked on a capacitor

as “MFD”.

The capacitor that is most often used in the HVAC business is known as

an electrolytic capacitor. The electrolytic capacitor is unique in that a

thin layer of oxide is formed on the aluminum sheets used to make up its

internal parts. The electrons that are supplied to the capacitor are stored

in this layer of oxide. But by doing this, nature is being forced to do

something that it doesn’t want to do. Nature likes to be in equilibrium. The

fact that nature prefers to return to a steady state is the idea behind the

use of capacitors. By storing a fixed amount of energy in the capacitor, it

provides the reserve of extra power needed to start and run a motor.

Without this energy source, motors would have to be much bigger and

more complex.

A capacitor can store a charge for a considerable

length of time after the power has been turned off.

This charge can be very dangerous. An electrolytic

capacitor charged with only 10 or 15 volts can melt

the tip of the end of a screwdriver when placed

across the terminals. A high voltage capacitor can

store a charge that could be lethal. Never touch the

terminals of a capacitor without first discharging it.

WARNING

Capacitor Testing

Capacitors are an integral part of the system and must be checked along

with the motor when a problem occurs.

Check to make sure that the capacitor is correctly rated for the applica-

tion. Confirm that the right capacitor is being used for the application.

Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING

9-7

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

The following information is found on a capacitor: the MFD (microfarad

rating) and the working voltage. Compare this to the rating plate on the

motor or the information provided with the unit.

The following are some of the problems that could be caused by a

defective or incorrect capacitor:

• Motor overheating (internal thermal overload tripped)

• Motor refuses to start

• Intermittent problems with blown fuses or breaker tripped

• High electrical consumption

• Motor rotates in the wrong direction

• Contactor overheating or melted contacts

• Motor vibration

Any one of the above faults could be attributed to the capacitor. There-

fore, the capacitor must be checked out before a determination is made of

the problem.

In the past, the old method of swinging the meter needle to tell if the

capacitor was good or not could be used. When the terminal of the

capacitor was touched with the meter probes, the meter needle would

swing over than back to zero. If it didn’t, it could be assumed that the

capacitor had failed. There are many problems with this technique.

Swinging the meter needle only proves that the capacitor will take a

charge, but not how much of a charge. In some cases, when a capacitor

starts to break down it still will take a charge (but the number of electrons

that it can hold is greatly reduced). The capacitor must take the correct

charge as originally designed so that the motor will work as it should. A

much more accurate method must be used to determine the condition of

the capacitor before the decision on its condition can be made.

The best method is to use a meter that is capable of reading capacitance.

This gives a very accurate indication of the condition of the capacitor. If a

meter that is able to do this is not available, then another way to deter-

mine the condition of the capacitor must be found.

In order to do this, several things will be needed: a volt ohm meter, an

amp meter and a calculator. A set of test leads will also need to prepared

to do this test. Make the test leads with a loop (10 loops) in one of the

leads. The ten loops in the lead will cause the amp meter reading to be

multiplied by “ten”. This will make it much easier to read very low amp

meter readings and will be helpful when doing the following test.

Connect the alligator clips of the test leads to the terminals on the capaci-

tor. Hook the amp meter through the 10 loops of wire on the test lead

(see Figure 9-1 on page 9-8).

9-8

TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Before starting the test, take a reading of the line voltage at the outlet that

will be used.

Double check the connections, making sure that the amp meter is on.

Plug the test leads into the wall outlet. Wait a few seconds and read the

amp meter (CAUTION: there is only approximately ten seconds to do this

or the capacitor could be damaged). Unplug the jumper and record the

readings.

Using the calculator, divide the amp meter reading by ten (the number of

loops in one of the test leads). This is the correct amp reading which is

needed to finish the calculations. This information and the voltage at the

outlet is all that is needed to calculate the capacitance of the capacitor.

Nominal

Voltage

Source

Fuse

(10 Loops)

Voltmeter Capacitor

To Be Tested

V

A

Ammeter

FIGURE 9-1 Determining Capacitance (MFD) Rating with a Test

Cord

Example

This calculation provides the actual capacitance of the capacitor. Com-

pare this reading to the listed rating on the capacitor. It should be within

+/– 10% of the actual capacitor rating. If it does not fall within this range,

the capacitor is defective and should be replaced.

The capacitor should always be checked before replacing an electric

motor. Eliminate the capacitor as a possible cause of the problems

before the decision is made to replace the motor. A good practice is also

to replace the capacitor whenever a motor is replaced, as the capacitor

does have a service life cycle. The capacitor is a very important part of

the motor electrical system. Always check the capacitor along with the

motor when a fault is noted.

*For 50 Hz electrical systems, use 3180 as the constant multiplier.

2650 x 1 Amp

115 Volts = 23 MFD

2650 x Amps

Volts = Capacitance (MFD)

In the following calculation, a constant multiplier (2650) is used for 60 Hz

electrical systems.*

Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING

9-9

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Performance

Performance Checkout

HW/HWC chassis come with a pre-charged chassis assembly. The

chassis assembly is designed in a way that the unit may be run indepen-

dently of the HWC unit. When the chassis is run on a floor or bench, the

performance measurements will be affected due to the change in static

pressures, recirculated air, excessive temperatures and equal ambient

temperatures from indoor to outdoor.

Two sets of tables are provided in this section to address these issues.

Tables 9-1 to 9-4 are to be used when the chassis is still installed in the

complete unit. Tables 9-5 and 9-6 are to be used when the chassis is run

independently outside of the unit.

Note: Pressures may vary +/– 10 psi. Temperatures may vary =/– 2-3°F.

Performance Tests (Chassis Installed in Unit)

Total

Air Vol.

(CFM)

Enter.

DB/WB

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Te m p .

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Te m p .

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

400

450

500

400

450

500

400

450

500

75°/63°

80°/67°

85°/71°

81 49 87 82 49 97 84 50 107 85 51 117

83 54 87 84 50 97 86 51 107 87 52 117

85 60 87 86 52 97 88 52 107 89 53 117

87 63 87 88 53 97 89 53 107 91 54 117

88 68 88 90 58 97 91 54 107 93 55 117

90 73 88 92 63 97 93 57 107 95 56 117

92 74 88 93 64 97 94 56 108 96 57 117

94 79 88 95 71 97 96 62 108 98 58 117

96 84 88 97 74 97 98 65 108 100 59 117

Based on a normally installed cooling chassis

TABLE 9-1 HWC122 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)

Total

Air Vol.

(CFM)

Enter.

DB/WB

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Te m p .

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Te m p .

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

550

600

650

550

600

650

550

600

650

75°/63°

80°/67°

85°/71°

80 49 96 81 48 106 84 50 114 86 51 123

82 54 96 83 50 106 86 51 114 88 52 123

84 59 96 85 52 106 88 52 114 90 54 124

86 62 98 88 53 106 90 54 115 92 55 124

87 67 98 89 58 107 91 54 116 94 56 125

99 72 98 91 62 107 93 57 116 95 56 125

91 73 99 93 64 107 95 56 116 97 58 125

93 78 99 95 70 108 97 63 117 99 59 126

95 83 99 97 74 108 99 66 117 101 60 126

Based on a normally installed cooling chassis

TABLE 9-2 HWC182 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)

9-10

TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Performance Tests (Chassis Installed in Unit) - cont.

Total

Air Vol.

(CFM)

Enter.

DB/WB

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Te m p .

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Tem p.

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

775

850

925

775

850

925

775

850

925

75°/63°

80°/67°

85°/71°

76 46 100 77 46 110 78 46 120 79 47 129

78 51 100 79 47 110 80 48 120 81 48 129

80 57 100 81 49 111 82 49 120 83 50 130

82 60 102 84 51 111 85 51 121 87 52 131

84 65 102 85 56 112 87 52 121 88 53 131

85 70 102 87 60 112 88 54 121 89 53 131

89 72 103 90 63 112 92 55 122 93 55 132

91 77 104 92 69 113 94 61 123 95 57 133

93 82 104 94 72 113 96 64 123 97 58 133

Based on a normally installed cooling chassis

TABLE 9-4 HWC302 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)

Total

Air Vol.

(CFM)

Enter.

DB/WB

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Tem p.

Liquid

Tem p.

Suction

Pressure

Suction

Te m p .

Liquid

Te m p .

Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil

85° 95° 105° 115°

700

800

900

700

800

900

700

800

900

75°/63°

80°/67°

85°/71°

77 47 98 78 46 108 79 47 117 80 48 128

79 52 98 80 47 108 81 48 117 82 49 128

81 57 99 82 50 109 83 49 118 84 50 128

82 60 99 83 51 109 85 50 118 86 51 128

84 65 100 85 56 109 87 52 119 88 52 129

86 70 100 87 60 110 89 55 119 90 53 129

87 71 100 88 61 110 89 53 119 90 54 129

89 76 101 90 68 110 91 59 120 92 55 130

91 81 101 92 71 110 93 62 120 94 56 130

Based on a normally installed cooling chassis

TABLE 9-3 HWC242 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)

Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING

9-11

SRM-HW/HWC 8/99

Performance Tests (Chassis Bench Tested)

TABLE 9-6 95° Ambient Temperature Chassis Bench Test

TABLE 9-5 70 - 80° Ambient Temperature Chassis Bench Test

sissahC

ledoM

tneibmA

.pmeT

BW/BD

.hcsiD

erusserP

.hcsiD

.pmeT

diuqiL

erusserP

diuqiL

.pmeT

noitcuS

erusserP

noitcuS

.pmeT

latoT

spmA

.pmoC

HS gniloocbuS

321,221°36/°57isp571°021isp071°87isp87°350.57 31

381,281°36/°57isp002°701isp091°08isp28°453.85 81

342,242°36/°57isp502°99isp002°18isp17°057.018 12

303,203°36/°57isp502°351isp002°48isp07°265.311281

sissahC

ledoM

tneibmA

.pmeT

BW/BD

.hcsiD

erusserP

.hcsiD

.pmeT

diuqiL

erusserP

diuqiL

.pmeT

noitcuS

erusserP

noitcuS

.pmeT

latoT

spmA

.pmoC

HS gniloocbuS

321,221°97/°59isp072°451isp072°99isp011°380.68152

381,281°97/°59isp013°141isp503°601isp011°862.013 52

342,242°97/°59isp523°351isp013°411isp101°962.419 91

303,203°97/°59isp503°771isp003°501isp88°684.612352

Charge Weights

TABLE 9-7 HWC Refrigerant Charge Weights

ledoMegrahCtnaregirfeR

321/221CWH.zo24

381/281CWH.zo65

342/242CWH.zo85

303/203CWH.zo95